JP7429407B2 - Beverage manufacturing equipment and recipe creation method - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to beverage manufacturing technology.

BACKGROUND ART Beverage manufacturing apparatuses for manufacturing coffee drinks and the like have been proposed (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3).

Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 05-081544 Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-024703 JP2013-66697A

Some beverage manufacturing devices manufacture beverages according to various manufacturing conditions (recipes) for manufacturing beverages. A recipe includes a number of parameters, and the person who creates the recipe would normally have specialized knowledge. However, if recipes can be created without specialized knowledge, many people will be able to create their own favorite beverages or their own unique beverages.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In view of the above circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a beverage manufacturing apparatus and a recipe creation method that allow as many people as possible to create recipes.

The beverage manufacturing device of the present invention that solves the above objects has the following features:
an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in multiple steps in manufacturing a beverage;
processing means for performing processing for manufacturing a beverage with reference to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means;
a manufacturing means that operates to produce a beverage according to a process performed by the processing means;
reception means for accepting input of parameters included in the recipe;
a display means capable of displaying information;
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
a recipe creation operation that displays an explanation of parameters included in the recipe and receives input of the parameters by the reception means;
The recipe creation operation is an operation performed from the start of recipe creation until the recipe is completed through multiple steps,
The display means displays a tour screen that guides creation of the recipe in the recipe creation operation,
The tour screen is a screen where, for each of the plurality of steps, a setting screen is advanced in a predetermined order, in which a set of display of explanations of the parameters and input of the parameters by the reception means are set;
The display means starts displaying the tour screen in accordance with the recipe creation operation, and displays the next setting screen every time input of the parameters on the setting screen is completed until the recipe is completed. is to be displayed,
It is characterized by

The recipe creation method of the present invention that solves the above object is as follows:
A method for creating a recipe that includes parameters for manufacturing a beverage in a beverage manufacturing device comprising a reception means and a display means and is used in a plurality of steps in manufacturing the beverage, the method comprising:
Displaying a tour screen that guides the creation of the recipe during the period from the start of creation of the recipe to the completion of the recipe through multiple steps,
The tour screen is a screen where, for each of the plurality of steps, a setting screen is advanced in a predetermined order, in which a set of display of explanations of the parameters and input of the parameters by the reception means are set;
From the start of displaying the tour screen to the completion of the recipe,
a first step of displaying an explanation of a first parameter included in the recipe and accepting input of the first parameter by the accepting means on a first setting screen;
When the input of the first parameter is completed in the first step, an explanation of the second parameter included in the recipe is displayed on the second setting screen, and the reception means accepts the input of the second parameter. The second step is to do
It is characterized by having the following.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a beverage manufacturing apparatus and a recipe creation method designed to allow as many people as possible to create recipes.

FIG. 2 is an external view of the beverage manufacturing device. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 1. FIG. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the functions of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 1; FIG. 2 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device. It is a perspective view of a drive unit and an extraction container. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the extraction container of FIG. 5 in a closed state and an open state. It is a front view showing the structure of a part of an upper unit and a lower unit. 8 is a vertical cross-sectional view of FIG. 7. FIG. It is a schematic diagram of a central unit. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a control device of the beverage manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 1. FIG. (A) and (B) are flowcharts showing examples of control executed by the control device. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration example of a liquid feeding amount adjusting device that can function as a water tank. It is a schematic diagram which shows the example of the cross-sectional structure of a liquid feeding amount adjustment device. It is a figure which shows some operation examples of a liquid feeding amount adjustment device. It is a flowchart which shows the example of control performed by a control device. It is a figure which shows the operation|movement aspect of the liquid feeding amount adjustment device in the manufacturing process of a drink. It is a figure which shows the operation|movement aspect of the liquid feeding amount adjustment device in the manufacturing process of a drink. It is a figure showing the change mode of the atmospheric pressure in an extraction container in a manufacturing process of a drink. 11 is a diagram showing a table of extraction processing S3' stored in the storage unit shown in FIG. 10. FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing changes in the atmospheric pressure and amount of hot water in the extraction container in the beverage manufacturing process. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing how target values and actual measured values of the atmospheric pressure and amount of hot water in the extraction container change in the beverage manufacturing process. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a communication system including a beverage manufacturing device, an information display device, and a server according to an embodiment. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a server. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of an information display device. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of data stored in a server. It is a flowchart which shows the example of control of an information display device. 3 is a flowchart illustrating an example of server control. It is a figure showing an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. It is a figure showing an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. It is a figure showing an example of the screen displayed on the display part of an information display device. 1 is a block diagram of a beverage manufacturing device 1. FIG. It is a diagram showing the information display device 12 on which a recipe list is displayed. 33 is a diagram showing a screen that is displayed when the recipe Re1 of "daito blend" on the left side is tapped on the display screen shown in FIG. 32. FIG. It is a diagram showing the information display device 12 on which a list of recipe management applications is displayed. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a startup screen of a tour recipe management application. It is a figure which shows the explanation screen about the setting of the extraction method of the 1st stage. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting the grinding particle size of beans, which is one of the parameters in grinding. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the input of the second stage of bean information. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the selection of the second stage of bean information. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the input of the varistor information of a 3rd stage. (a) is a flowchart showing a recipe creation method on the screen for inputting barista information shown in FIG. 40, and (b) is a schematic diagram showing an overview of the recipe creation program. It is a figure which shows the screen regarding the selection of the varistor information of a 3rd stage. It is a figure which shows the start screen about the recipe card creation of the 4th stage. It is a figure which shows the input screen of a recipe card. It is a figure which shows the confirmation screen of registration content. 46 is a diagram showing a detailed display screen displayed by tapping the bean information icon Ci2 shown in FIG. 45. FIG. It is a figure showing a recipe registration completion screen. (a) is a flowchart showing a characteristic recipe creation method in a tour, and (b) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of a recipe creation program. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing parameter names that can be input when creating an expert recipe. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a display screen on which five recipes are displayed in ranking order. 51 is a diagram showing a display screen that is displayed when the simple display 1806d of the third-ranked “August Recommendation #1” shown in FIG. 50 is tapped; FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen displayed when the icon I5 of the 1st main hot water supply amount is tapped. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing data stored in a storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 and managing recipe constraints. 51 is a diagram showing a display screen that is displayed when the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped. It is a figure which shows the screen when the icon I5 of the 1st time actual hot water supply amount of the recipe with the restriction which prohibits modification is tapped. 34 is a diagram showing how menu items are expanded by tapping a menu button 120m provided at the upper right on the display screen shown in FIG. 33. FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a display screen for correcting parameters of the delivery pressure based on the air pressure from the compressor 70 during the period T11 shown in FIG. 18. FIG. (a) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grinding process (step S2) shown in FIG. 11, and (b) is a diagram showing the control of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a table of reference values for error determination stored in the section 121. FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of an error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of a grind process. FIG. 12 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the steaming pouring process (step S11) shown in FIG. 11. FIG. (a) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the display screen displayed on the information display device 12 when (step S17) is completed. 33 is a diagram showing how a modification report window MW1 is displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32. FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 62 is tapped. FIG. 63 is a diagram showing how a modification report window MW1 different from the modification report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 is displayed on the recipe list display screen. FIG. 64 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 63 is tapped. FIG. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example in which a modification report window notifying that a parameter of the delivery pressure has been changed is displayed. 67 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 66 is tapped. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing recipe chart display processing. It is a figure showing a screen for displaying a recipe chart. It is a figure in which each parameter of a recipe is displayed in a table format. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a screen of a recipe chart. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of a system including a beverage manufacturing device. It is a diagram showing the configuration of a server. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the configuration of a mobile terminal. 1 is a diagram showing the configuration of an information display device. It is a diagram for explaining the flow up to extracting coffee. It is a diagram for explaining the flow up to extracting coffee. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a TOP screen of an application displayed on a mobile terminal. It is a figure which shows a service screen. It is a figure showing a service screen. It is a figure showing an example of a service screen. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for searching by taste that is executed on a setting screen. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a first aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a first aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a first aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a first aspect. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a setting screen according to a second aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a second aspect. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a setting screen according to a third aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning a third aspect. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a setting screen according to a fourth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 4th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 4th aspect. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a setting screen according to a fifth aspect. FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining the flow from extracting coffee to acquiring history information. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires a characteristic and the level of a characteristic from the comment regarding a drink. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 5th aspect. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of data held by a database 1309 of a server 1201. FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a settings screen according to a sixth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 6th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 6th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 6th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process which acquires and displays preference information based on a 7th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 7th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring and displaying preference information concerning an eighth aspect. It is a figure showing an example of a setting screen concerning an eighth aspect. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for displaying a settings screen according to a ninth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 9th aspect. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the process of acquiring and displaying preference information concerning a tenth aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 10th aspect. It is a figure which shows an example of the setting screen based on a 10th aspect.

Embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

<1. Overview of beverage manufacturing equipment>
FIG. 1 is an external view of a beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. As shown in FIG. The beverage manufacturing device 1 of this embodiment is a device that automatically manufactures a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and a liquid (water in this case), and is capable of manufacturing one cup of coffee beverage per one manufacturing operation. . Roasted coffee beans as a raw material can be stored in the canister 40. A cup placement section 110 is provided at the bottom of the beverage production device 1, and the produced coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring section 10c.

Beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a housing 100 that forms its exterior and surrounds its internal mechanism. The housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body part 101 and a cover part 102 that covers part of the front and part of the side surfaces of the beverage manufacturing device 1. An information display device 12 is provided on the cover portion 102 . In the case of this embodiment, the information display device 12 is a touch panel type display, and is capable of displaying various information as well as receiving input from an administrator of the device or a consumer of the beverage. The information display device 12 is attached to the cover part 102 via a moving mechanism 12a, and can be moved vertically within a certain range by the moving mechanism 12a.

The cover portion 102 is also provided with a bean inlet 103 and an opening/closing door 103a for opening and closing the bean inlet 103. Roasted coffee beans other than those stored in the canister 40 can be charged into the bean input port 103 by opening the opening/closing door 103a. This makes it possible to provide a special drink to beverage consumers.

In the case of the present embodiment, the cover section 102 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent cover whose entirety is a transmissive section. Therefore, the mechanism inside the cover portion 102 is visible from the outside. In the case of this embodiment, a part of the manufacturing department that manufactures the coffee beverage is visible through the cover part 102. In this embodiment, the main body part 101 is entirely made of a non-transparent part, making it difficult to see the inside thereof from the outside.

FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, showing a part of the manufacturing section that is visible to the user when viewed from the front of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The cover portion 102 and the information display device 12 are illustrated with imaginary lines.

The housing 100 on the front side of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure including a main body part 101 and a cover part 102 on the outside (front side) thereof. A part of the mechanism of the manufacturing department is disposed between the main body part 101 and the cover part 102 in the front-rear direction, and is visible to the user through the cover part 102.

In this embodiment, some mechanisms of the manufacturing department that are visible to the user through the cover section 102 include a collective conveyance section 42, grinders 5A and 5B, a separation device 6, an extraction container 9, etc., which will be described later. A rectangular recess 101a recessed toward the back is formed in the front portion of the main body 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are located at the back of this recess 101a.

Since these mechanisms are visible from the outside through the cover part 102, it may be easier for the administrator to inspect and confirm the operation. Additionally, beverage consumers may be able to enjoy the coffee beverage manufacturing process.

Note that the cover section 102 is supported by the main body section 101 at its right end via a hinge 102a so as to be openable and closable laterally. An engaging portion 102b that maintains the main body portion 101 and the cover portion 102 in a closed state is provided at the left end portion of the cover portion 102. The engaging portion 102b is, for example, a combination of a magnet and iron. By opening the cover section 102, the administrator can inspect a portion of the above-mentioned manufacturing department inside the cover section 102.

In the case of this embodiment, the cover part 102 is of a horizontal opening type, but may be of a vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or of a sliding type. Further, the cover portion 102 may be configured so that it cannot be opened or closed.

FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the functions of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The beverage manufacturing device 1 includes a bean processing device 2 and an extraction device 3 as a coffee beverage manufacturing section.

The bean processing device 2 generates ground beans from roasted coffee beans. The extraction device 3 extracts coffee liquid from the ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2. The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10. Ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into an extraction container 9. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9. Coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9. The hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is sent to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10.

<2. Fluid supply unit and switching unit>
The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be explained with reference to FIG. 3. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be explained. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9, controls the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9, and the like. In this specification, when atmospheric pressure is exemplified by a number, unless otherwise specified, it means absolute pressure, and gauge pressure is the atmospheric pressure where atmospheric pressure is 0 atmosphere. Atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the atmospheric pressure of the beverage manufacturing device 1. For example, if the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed at a point above sea level, the International Civil Aviation Organization (International Civil Aviation Organization) International Standard Atmosphere (ISA) established in 1976 by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) This is the standard atmospheric pressure (1013.25 hPa) at 0 m.

Fluid supply unit 7 includes piping L1 to L3. The pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows, and the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows. The pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.

The fluid supply unit 7 includes a compressor 70 as a pressurization source. The compressor 70 compresses the atmospheric air and sends it out. The compressor 70 is driven by, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source. Compressed air sent out from the compressor 70 is supplied to a reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via a check valve 71a. The atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 is monitored by a pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to maintain it at a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in this embodiment, 7 atmospheres (6 atmospheres in gauge pressure)). The reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for draining water, so that water generated by compressing air can be drained.

The water tank 72 stores hot water (water) constituting the coffee beverage. The water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a that heats the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b that measures the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (120 degrees Celsius in this embodiment) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. For example, the heater 72a is turned on when the hot water temperature is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c. The water level sensor 72c detects the water level of hot water in the water tank 72. When the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has fallen below a predetermined water level, water is supplied to the water tank 72. In the case of this embodiment, tap water is supplied via a water purifier (not shown). A solenoid valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier, and when a drop in the water level is detected by the water level sensor 72c, the solenoid valve 72d is opened to supply water, and when a predetermined water level is reached, the solenoid valve 72d is opened. The valve 72d is closed and the water supply is cut off. In this way, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. Note that water may be supplied to the water tank 72 every time hot water used for producing one coffee beverage is discharged.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a pressure sensor 72g. The pressure sensor 72g detects the atmospheric pressure inside the water tank 72. Air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is supplied to the water tank 72 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and a solenoid valve 72f. The pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 3 atmospheres (2 atmospheres in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 72f switches between supplying and cutting off the atmospheric pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 72e to the water tank 72. The solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the air pressure inside the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atmospheres, except when tap water is being supplied to the water tank 72. When tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, the pressure inside the water tank 72 is set to a pressure lower than the water pressure of the tap water using the solenoid valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly replenished into the water tank 72 by the water pressure of the tap water. Reduce the pressure to (for example, less than 2.5 atmospheres). The electromagnetic valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. In addition, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere when the atmospheric pressure inside the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm, other than when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72. maintain.

Hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the electromagnetic valve 72i, and the pipe L3. Opening the solenoid valve 72i supplies hot water to the extraction container 9, and closing the solenoid valve 72i cuts off the supply of hot water. The amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount. A temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of hot water is provided in the pipe L3, and the temperature of the water supplied to the extraction container 9 is monitored.

The atmospheric pressure in the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction container 9 via a pressure regulating valve 73a and a solenoid valve 73b. The pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the atmospheric pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined atmospheric pressure. In the case of this embodiment, the pressure is reduced to 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure). The electromagnetic valve 73b switches between supplying and blocking the atmospheric pressure regulated by the pressure regulating valve 73a to the extraction container 9. The atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 is detected by a pressure sensor 73d. When the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, the solenoid valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is maintained at a predetermined atmospheric pressure (in the case of this embodiment, a maximum of 5 atm (4 atm in gauge pressure) )). The atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 can be reduced by a solenoid valve 73c. The electromagnetic valve 73c switches whether or not to open the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and opens the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atmospheres).

When one batch of coffee beverage production is completed, in the case of this embodiment, the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water. The solenoid valve 73f is opened during cleaning and supplies tap water to the extraction container 9.

Next, the switching unit 10 will be explained. The switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the destination of the liquid sent out from the extraction container 9 to either the pouring part 10c or the waste tank T. The switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a. The switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring part 10c when the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9 is to be delivered. The coffee beverage is poured into the cup C from the pouring part 10c. When discharging waste liquid (tap water) and residue (ground beans) from washing, switch the flow path to the waste tank T. In this embodiment, the switching valve 10a is a 3-port ball valve. Since residue passes through the switching valve 10a during cleaning, the switching valve 10a is preferably a ball valve, and the motor 10b switches the flow path by rotating its rotation shaft.

<3. Bean processing equipment>
The bean processing device 2 will be explained with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. The bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5.

<3-1. Storage device>
The storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. In the case of this embodiment, three canisters 40 are provided. The canister 40 includes a cylindrical main body 40a that accommodates roasted coffee beans, and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is configured to be detachable from the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

Each canister 40 may accommodate different types of roasted coffee beans, and the type of roasted coffee beans used for producing the coffee beverage may be selected by operating input to the information display device 12. Roasted coffee beans of different types are, for example, roasted coffee beans of different varieties of coffee beans. Further, roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same variety, but may be roasted coffee beans with different degrees of roasting. Further, the different types of roasted coffee beans may be roasted coffee beans with different types and degrees of roasting. Further, at least one of the three canisters 40 may store roasted coffee beans in which roasted coffee beans of a plurality of types are mixed. In this case, roasted coffee beans of each type may have the same degree of roasting.

Although a plurality of canisters 40 are provided in this embodiment, a configuration in which only one canister 40 is provided may be used. Furthermore, when a plurality of canisters 40 are provided, all or a plurality of canisters 40 may contain the same type of roasted coffee beans.

Each canister 40 is detachably attached to a conveyor 41 which is a weighing and conveying device. The conveyor 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 and sends the measured amount to the downstream side.

Each conveyor 41 discharges roasted coffee beans to a collecting conveyance section 42 on the downstream side. The collective conveyance section 42 is formed of a hollow member, and forms a conveyance path for roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the grinding device 5 (particularly the grinder 5A). The roasted coffee beans discharged from each conveyor 41 move inside the collection conveyance section 42 by their own weight and flow down to the grinding device 5.

A guide portion 42a is formed in the collective conveyance portion 42 at a position corresponding to the bean input port 103. The guide portion 42a forms a passage that guides the roasted coffee beans input from the bean input port 103 to the grinding device 5 (particularly the grinder 5A). Thereby, in addition to the roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40, a coffee beverage can also be produced using the roasted coffee beans inputted from the bean input port 103 as a raw material.

<3-2. Grinding device＞
The crushing device 5 will be explained with reference to FIGS. 2 and 4. FIG. 4 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device 6. The crushing device 5 includes grinders 5A and 5B and a separating device 6. The grinders 5A and 5B are mechanisms for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4. The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground by a grinder 5A, and then further ground by a grinder 5B to form a powder, and then fed into the extraction container 9 from a discharge pipe 5C.

The grinders 5A and 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans. The grinder 5A is a coarse grinder, and the grinder 5B is a fine grinder. Each of the grinders 5A and 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor as a driving source, a rotary blade driven by the motor, and the like. By changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade, the size (particle size) of the roasted coffee beans to be ground can be changed.

The separating device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary substances from ground beans. Separation device 6 includes a passage portion 63a arranged between grinder 5A and grinder 5B. The passage portion 63a is a hollow body that forms a separation chamber through which the ground beans freely falling from the grinder 5A pass. A passage part 63b extending in a direction (in the case of this embodiment, the left-right direction) intersecting the direction in which the ground beans pass (in the case of this embodiment, the vertical direction) is connected to the passage part 63a. The suction unit 60 is connected to the portion 63b. When the suction unit 60 suctions the air in the passage section 63a, light objects such as chaff and fine powder are suctioned. This allows unnecessary substances to be separated from the ground beans.

The suction unit 60 is a centrifugal mechanism. The suction unit 60 includes a blower unit 60A and a collection container 60B. In this embodiment, the blower unit 60A is a fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.

The collection container 60B includes an upper part 61 and a lower part 62 that are separably engaged. The lower part 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open upper part, and forms a space for accumulating unnecessary materials. The upper part 61 constitutes a lid part that is attached to the opening of the lower part 62. The upper part 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially with the outer peripheral wall 61a. The blower unit 60A is fixed to the upper part 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck the air inside the exhaust pipe 61b. A passage portion 63b is connected to the upper portion 61. The passage portion 63b opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.

By driving the blower unit 60A, air currents indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. 4 are generated. Due to this airflow, air containing unnecessary substances is sucked from the passage section 63a into the collection container 60B through the passage section 63b. Since the passage portion 63b opens on the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, the air containing unnecessary substances swirls around the exhaust pipe 61b. Unwanted matter D in the air falls due to its weight and is collected in a part of the collection container 60B (deposited on the bottom surface of the lower part 62). Air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust pipe 61b.

A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the circumferential surface of the exhaust pipe 61b. The plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is inclined obliquely with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61d, swirling of the air containing the waste matter D around the exhaust pipe 61b is promoted.

In the case of this embodiment, the lower part 62 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container whose entirety is a transmissive part. Further, the lower portion 62 is a portion covered by the cover portion 102 (FIG. 2). A manager or a consumer of beverages can see through the cover part 102 and the peripheral wall of the lower part 62 to visually recognize the waste D accumulated in the lower part 62. For the manager, it may be easy to check the cleaning timing of the lower part 62, and for the beverage consumer, being able to visually confirm that the unnecessary material D has been removed increases expectations regarding the quality of the coffee beverage being manufactured. There are cases.

In this embodiment, the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the grinder 5A, and when the coarsely ground beans pass through the passage section 63a, the separation device 6 removes unnecessary substances. are separated. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary substances have been separated are finely ground by a grinder 5B. The unnecessary substances separated by the separator 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These may reduce the taste of coffee drinks, and by removing chaff and the like from ground beans, the quality of coffee drinks can be improved.

The grinding of roasted coffee beans may be in one grinder (single-stage grinding). However, by carrying out two-stage grinding using the two grinders 5A and 5B as in the present embodiment, the particle size of the ground beans becomes more uniform, and the degree of coffee liquid extraction can be made constant. When beans are crushed, heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans. By performing the two-stage grinding, it is possible to suppress heat generation due to friction during grinding and prevent deterioration of the ground beans (for example, loss of flavor).

Furthermore, by going through the stages of coarse grinding, separation of unnecessary materials, and fine grinding, it is possible to increase the difference in mass between the unnecessary materials and the ground beans (necessary portion) when separating unnecessary materials such as chaff. This can increase the efficiency of separating unnecessary materials and prevent the ground beans (necessary portion) from being separated as unnecessary materials. Moreover, by separating unnecessary substances using air suction between coarse grinding and fine grinding, heat generation of ground beans can be suppressed by air cooling.

<4. Drive unit and extraction container>
<4-1. Overview＞
The drive unit 8 and extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 will be explained with reference to FIG. 5. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the main body part 101.

The drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F. The frame F includes upper and lower beam portions F1 and F2 and a column portion F3 that supports the beam portions F1 and F2. The drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units: an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B, and a lower unit 8C. The upper unit 8A is supported by the beam portion F1. The middle unit 8B is supported by the beam portion F1 and the column portion F3 between the beam portion F1 and the beam portion F2. The lower unit 8C is supported by the beam portion F2.

The extraction container 9 is a chamber including a container body 90 and a lid unit 91. The extraction container 9 is sometimes called a chamber. The middle unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90. Arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of shaft members 820b spaced apart laterally. The holding member 820a is an elastic member made of resin or the like formed in the shape of a C-shaped clip, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force. The holding member 820a holds the left and right sides of the container body 90, and the front side of the container body 90 is exposed. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container body 90 when viewed from the front.

The container main body 90 is attached to and removed from the holding member 820a by manual operation, and the container main body 90 is attached to the holding member 820a by pressing the container main body 90 backward in the front-rear direction against the holding member 820a. Further, the container body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling the container main body 90 forward in the front-rear direction from the holding member 820a.

The pair of shaft members 820b are rods extending in the front-rear direction, and are members that support the holding member 820a. Although the number of shaft members 820b is two in this embodiment, it may be one, or three or more. The holding member 820a is fixed to the front end portions of the pair of shaft members 820b. A pair of shaft members 820b are moved back and forth in the front-back direction by a mechanism to be described later, whereby the holding member 820a is moved back and forth, allowing a movement operation of moving the container body 90 in parallel in the back-and-forth direction. The middle unit 8B is also capable of rotating the extraction container 9 upside down, as will be described later.

<4-2. Extraction container>
The extraction container 9 will be explained with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the extraction container 9 in a closed state and an open state. As described above, the extraction container 9 is turned upside down by the middle unit 8B. The extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is located on the upper side. In the following description, when referring to the vertical positional relationship, unless otherwise specified, it means the vertical positional relationship in the basic posture.

The container main body 90 is a bottomed container, and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e, and a bottom portion 90f. A flange portion 90c defining an opening 90a communicating with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at the end of the neck portion 90b (upper end of the container body 90).

Both the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e have a cylindrical shape. The shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of its internal space gradually decreases from the side of the body portion 90e to the side of the neck portion 90b. ing.

The lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a. Opening and closing operations (elevating and lowering operations) of the lid unit 91 are performed by the upper unit 8A.

Container body 90 includes a body member 900 and a bottom member 901. The main body member 900 is a cylindrical member that is open at the top and bottom and forms a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, and a body portion 90e. The bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom portion 90f, and is inserted into and fixed to the lower part of the main body member 900. A sealing member 902 is interposed between the main body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve airtightness within the container main body 90.

In the case of this embodiment, the main body member 900 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container whose entirety is a transmissive portion. The administrator and the beverage consumer can visually check the extraction status of the coffee beverage inside the container body 90 through the cover part 102 and the main body member 900 of the container body 90. For the administrator, it may be easier to check the brewing operation, and for beverage consumers, the brewing status may be more enjoyable.

A protrusion 901c is provided at the center of the bottom member 901, and the protrusion 901c has a communication hole that communicates the inside of the container body 90 with the outside, and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) that opens and closes this communication hole. It is provided. The communication hole is used for discharging waste liquid and residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90. A sealing member 908 is provided on the convex portion 901c, and the sealing member 908 is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901.

The lid unit 91 includes a cap-shaped base member 911. The base member 911 has a convex portion 911d and a flange portion 911c that overlaps the flange portion 90c when closed. The convex portion 911d has the same structure as the convex portion 901c in the container body 90, and is provided with a communication hole that communicates the inside of the container body 90 with the outside, and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) that opens and closes this communication hole. It is being The communication hole of the convex portion 911d is mainly used for pouring hot water into the container body 90 and discharging the coffee beverage. A seal member 918a is provided on the convex portion 911d. The seal member 918a is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911. The lid unit 91 is also provided with a seal member 919. The seal member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed. The lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.

<4-3. Upper unit and lower unit>
The upper unit 8A and lower unit 8C will be explained with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8. FIG. 7 is a front view showing the configuration of a part of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C, and FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG. 7.

Upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81A performs opening/closing operations (elevating and lowering) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and opening/closing operations of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d. The operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, a lifting shaft 802, and a probe 803.

The support member 800 is fixedly provided so that its relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 801. The support member 800 also includes a communication portion 800a that communicates the inside of the support member 800 with the pipe L3. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from pipe L3 are introduced into support member 800 via communication portion 800a.

The holding member 801 is a member that can detachably hold the lid unit 91. The holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and also includes a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a certain pressing force and disengages with a certain separating force. Hot water, tap water, and atmospheric pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction container 9 via the communication portion 800a and the communication hole 801a of the holding member 801.

The holding member 801 is also a movable member that is provided to be slidable vertically within the support member 800. The elevating shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 802 passes airtightly through the top of the support member 800 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 .

The top of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 802. The holding member 801 slides in the vertical direction by raising and lowering the lifting shaft 802, and the holding member 801 can be attached to and separated from the convex portion 911d and the convex portion 901c. Further, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90.

A screw 802a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 802. A nut 804b is screwed onto this screw 802a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated on the spot (without moving up or down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The rotation of the nut 804b moves the elevating shaft 802 up and down.

The elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the central axis, and a probe 803 is inserted into the through hole so as to be slidable up and down. The probe 803 passes airtightly through the top of the holding member 801 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the supporting member 800 and the holding member 801.

The probe 803 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. When the probe 803 descends, the valves 913 and 903 are changed from the closed state to the open state, and when the probe 803 rises, the valves are opened. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (by the action of a return spring, not shown).

A screw 803a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803. A nut 805b is screwed onto this screw 803a. The upper unit 8A includes a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a. The probe 803 moves up and down by rotating the nut 805b.

The lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C. The operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is upside down, and opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. Although the operating unit 81C is also configured to be able to open and close the lid unit 91, the operating unit 81C is not used to open and close the lid unit 91 in this embodiment.

The following is a description of the operating unit 81C, which is substantially the same as the explanation of the operating unit 81A. The operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, a lifting shaft 812, and a probe 813.

The support member 810 is fixedly provided so that its relative position with respect to the frame F does not change, and accommodates the holding member 811. The support member 810 also includes a communication portion 810a that allows communication between the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 and the inside of the support member 810. The coffee beverage, tap water, and residue of ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a via the communication portion 810a.

The holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and has a mechanism for detachably holding these. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a certain pressing force and disengages with a certain separating force. The coffee beverage, tap water, and residue of ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communication portion 810a and the communication hole 811a of the holding member 811.

The holding member 811 is also a movable member that is provided to be slidable vertically within the support member 810. The elevating shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 812 passes airtightly through the bottom of the support member 800 in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be able to move up and down with respect to the support member 810 .

The bottom of the holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end of the lifting shaft 812. The holding member 811 slides in the vertical direction as the elevating shaft 812 moves up and down, and the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the convex portion 901c and the convex portion 911d.

A screw 812a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 812. A nut 814b is screwed onto this screw 812a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated on the spot (without moving up or down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The rotation of the nut 814b moves the elevating shaft 812 up and down.

The elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in the central axis, and a probe 813 is inserted into the through hole so as to be slidable up and down. The probe 813 hermetically penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in the vertical direction, and is provided to be able to move up and down with respect to the supporting member 810 and the holding member 811.

The probe 813 is an operator that opens and closes the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex parts 911d and 901c.As the probe 813 rises, the valves 913 and 903 change from the closed state to the open state, and as the probe 813 descends, the valves open and close. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (by the action of a return spring, not shown).

A screw 813a constituting a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813. A nut 815b is screwed onto this screw 813a. The lower unit 8C includes a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. The probe 813 moves up and down by rotating the nut 815b.

<4-4. Chubu unit>
The middle unit 8B will be explained with reference to FIGS. 5 and 9. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the middle unit 8B. The middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction container 9. The support unit 81B includes a unit main body 81B' that supports a locking mechanism 821 in addition to the arm member 820 described above.

The lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism that maintains the lid unit 91 in a closed state with respect to the container body 90. The locking mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically hold the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90. The pair of gripping members 821a have a C-shaped cross section that fits between the collar portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, and are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, each gripping member 821a fits into the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c so as to vertically sandwich them, as shown by the solid line in the box diagram of FIG. The unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. In this locked state, even if the holding member 801 is raised by the lifting shaft 802 to open the lid unit 91, the lid unit 91 does not move (the lock is not released). In other words, the locking force of the locking mechanism 821 is set to be stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801. This can prevent the lid unit 91 from opening with respect to the container body 90 in the event of an abnormality.

Furthermore, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state, each gripping member 821a is separated from the collar portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, as shown by broken lines in the box diagram of FIG. will be unlocked.

When the holding member 801 is holding the lid unit 91 and the holding member 801 is raised from the lowered position to the raised position, the lid unit 91 is removed from the container body 90 when the pair of gripping members 821a is in the open state. separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, the engagement of the holding member 801 with the lid unit 91 is released, and only the holding member 801 rises.

The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism that horizontally moves the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using a motor 823 as a drive source. Thereby, the container body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the extraction position on the rear side (state ST1) and the bean introduction position on the front side (state ST2). The bean loading position is a position where ground beans are loaded into the container body 90, and the ground beans ground by the grinder 5B are delivered from the discharge pipe 5C shown in FIG. 2 to the opening 90a of the container body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated. Injected. In other words, the position of the discharge pipe 5C is above the container body 90 located at the bean input position.

The extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation unit 81A and the operation unit 81C, a position coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and a position where coffee liquid is extracted. The extraction position is further back than the bean introduction position. 5, 7, and 8 all show the case where the container body 90 is in the extraction position. In this way, by differentiating the position of the container main body 90 for inputting ground beans, extraction of coffee liquid, and supply of water, steam generated during extraction of coffee liquid can be removed from the exhaust pipe that is the supply part of ground beans. It can prevent adhesion to 5C.

The middle unit 8B also includes a mechanism that rotates the support unit 81B around a longitudinal axis 825 using a motor 824 as a drive source. Thereby, the posture of the container body 90 (extraction container 9) can be changed from an upright posture (state ST1) with the neck portion 90b on the upper side to an inverted posture (state ST3) with the neck portion 90b on the lower side. While the extraction container 9 is rotating, the locking mechanism 821 maintains the state in which the lid unit 91 is locked to the container body 90. The extraction container 9 is turned upside down between the upright position and the inverted position. In the inverted posture, the convex portion 911d is located at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture. Further, in the inverted posture, the convex portion 901c is located at the position of the convex portion 911d in the upright posture. Therefore, in the inverted position, the operating unit 81A can open and close the valve 903, and the operating unit 81C can open and close the valve 913.

<5. Control device>
The control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1 will be explained with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11.

The control device 11 controls the entire beverage manufacturing device 1 . The control device 11 includes a processing section 11a, a storage section 11b, and an I/F (interface) section 11c. The processing unit 11a is, for example, a processor such as a CPU. The storage unit 11b is, for example, a RAM or a ROM. The I/F section 11c includes an input/output interface that inputs and outputs signals between an external device and the processing section 11a. The I/F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 is capable of communicating with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15, and can receive information such as reservations for beverage production and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of a beverage consumer, for example. .

The processing unit 11a executes a program stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the actuator group 14 based on instructions from the information display device 12, detection results of the sensor group 13, or instructions from the server 16. The sensor group 13 includes various sensors (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operating position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The actuator group 14 includes various actuators (for example, a motor, a solenoid valve, a heater, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

<6. Operation control example>
An example of the control processing of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 executed by the processing unit 11a will be described with reference to FIGS. 11(A) and 11(B). FIG. 11(A) shows an example of control related to one coffee beverage production operation. The state of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 before the manufacturing instruction is given is called a standby state. The states of each mechanism in the standby state are as follows.

The extraction device 3 is in the state shown in FIG. The extraction container 9 is in an upright position and is located at the extraction position. The lock mechanism 821 is in a closed state, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90a of the container body 90. The holding member 801 is in the lowered position and is attached to the convex portion 911d. The holding member 811 is in the raised position and is attached to the convex portion 901c. Valves 903 and 913 are in a closed state. The switching valve 10a allows the communication portion 810a of the operation unit 81C to communicate with the waste tank T.

In the standby state, when a coffee beverage manufacturing instruction is given, the process shown in FIG. 11(A) is executed. In S1, a preheating process is performed. This process is a process in which hot water is poured into the container body 90 and the container body 90 is heated in advance. First, valves 903 and 913 are opened. As a result, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are brought into communication.

The solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. This pressurizes the air in the extraction container 9, promoting the discharge of hot water into the waste tank T. Through the above process, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipe L2 are preheated, and cooling of the hot water can be reduced in the subsequent production of the coffee beverage.

In S2, a grinding process is performed. Here, roasted coffee beans are ground and the ground beans are put into the container body 90. First, the lock mechanism 821 is opened, and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position. The lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801 and rises together with the holding member 801. As a result, the lid unit 91 is separated from the container body 90. The holding member 811 is lowered to the lowered position. Move the container body 90 to the bean loading position. Subsequently, the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. As a result, one cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the grinder 5A. Roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by grinders 5A and 5B, and unnecessary materials are separated by a separator 6. The ground beans are put into the container body 90.

Return the container body 90 to the extraction position. The holding member 801 descends to the lowered position and the lid unit 91 is attached to the container body 90. The lock mechanism 821 is closed, and the lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90. The holding member 811 rises to the raised position. Of the valves 903 and 913, valve 903 is in a closed state, and valve 913 is in an open state.

In S3, extraction processing is performed. Here, coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the container body 90. FIG. 11(B) is a flowchart of the extraction process in S3.

In S11, in order to steam the ground beans in the extraction container 9, an amount of hot water smaller than one cup's worth of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9. Here, the solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72. Thereafter, the process waits for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 ms) and ends the process of S11. This process allows the ground beans to be steamed. By steaming the ground beans, the carbon dioxide gas contained in the ground beans can be released and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.

In S12, the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that one cup of hot water is stored in the extraction container 9. Here, the solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72.

By the process of S12, the inside of the extraction container 9 can be brought into a state where the temperature exceeds 100 degrees Celsius (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius) at 1 atmosphere. Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S13. Here, the solenoid valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to an atmospheric pressure (for example, about 4 atmospheres (about 3 atmospheres in gauge pressure)) at which the hot water does not boil. After that, the valve 913 is closed.

Subsequently, this state is maintained for a predetermined period of time (for example, 7000 ms) to perform immersion-type coffee liquid extraction (S14). As a result, coffee liquid is extracted using an immersion method under high temperature and high pressure. The following effects can be expected from immersion extraction under high temperature and high pressure. First, by applying high pressure, it is possible to make it easier for hot water to penetrate inside the ground beans, and to accelerate the extraction of coffee liquid. Second, the high temperature accelerates the extraction of coffee liquid. Third, high temperatures reduce the viscosity of the oil contained in the ground beans, facilitating oil extraction. This makes it possible to produce a highly aromatic coffee beverage.

The temperature of the hot water (high-temperature water) only needs to be over 100 degrees Celsius, but higher temperatures are advantageous in extracting coffee liquid. On the other hand, increasing the temperature of hot water generally increases costs. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, or, for example, 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower. The atmospheric pressure is sufficient as long as it does not cause the water to boil.

In S15, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced. Here, the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 is changed to the atmospheric pressure at which the hot water boils. Specifically, the valve 913 is opened, the solenoid valve 73c is opened for a predetermined period of time (for example, 1000 ms), and then closed. The inside of the extraction container 9 is opened to the atmosphere. Thereafter, the valve 913 is closed again.

The pressure in the extraction container 9 is rapidly reduced to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at once. The hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 scatter explosively inside the extraction container 9. This allows the water to be boiled uniformly. Furthermore, the destruction of the cell walls of ground beans can be promoted, and the subsequent extraction of coffee liquid can be further promoted. In addition, this boiling can also stir the ground beans and hot water, thereby promoting the extraction of coffee liquid. In this way, in this embodiment, the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved.

In S16, the extraction container 9 is reversed from an upright position to an inverted position. Here, the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position, and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position. Then, the support unit 81B is rotated. Thereafter, the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position. When the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 are located on the lower side.

In S17, permeation type coffee liquid extraction is performed and the coffee beverage is delivered to cup C. Here, the switching valve 10a is switched to communicate the pouring portion 10c with the passage portion 810a of the operating unit 81C. Further, both valves 903 and 913 are opened. Furthermore, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10,000 ms), and the inside of the extraction container 9 is brought to a predetermined pressure (for example, 1.7 atmospheres (0.7 atmospheres in gauge pressure)). In the extraction container 9, a coffee beverage in which coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through a filter provided in a lid unit 91 and is delivered to a cup C. The filter restricts the leakage of ground bean residue. The extraction process is thus completed.

In this embodiment, the coffee liquid extraction efficiency can be improved by using both the immersion type extraction in S14 and the permeation type extraction in S17. When the extraction container 9 is in an upright position, ground beans are deposited from the body 90e to the bottom 90f. On the other hand, when the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, ground beans accumulate from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b. The cross-sectional area of the body portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the thickness of the ground beans piled up in the inverted position is thicker than the piled thickness in the upright position. That is, when the extraction container 9 is in an upright position, the ground beans are deposited relatively thinly and widely, and when the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, the ground beans are relatively thickly and narrowly deposited.

In the case of this embodiment, since the immersion extraction in S14 is performed with the extraction container 9 in an upright position, the hot water and ground beans can be brought into contact over a wide range, and the extraction efficiency of coffee liquid can be improved. However, in this case, the hot water and ground beans tend to come into partial contact. On the other hand, since the transmission extraction in S17 is performed with the extraction container 9 in an inverted position, the hot water passes through the accumulated ground beans while coming into contact with more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans more evenly, further improving the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid.

Returning to FIG. 11A, after the extraction process in S3, the discharge process in S4 is performed. Here, processing related to cleaning inside the extraction container 9 is performed. Cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from an inverted position to an upright position and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9. Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the water inside the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T together with the residue of the ground beans.

With the above steps, one coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. Thereafter, similar processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction. The time required to produce one coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.

<7. Summary of device configuration>
As described above, the beverage manufacturing device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as a manufacturing section, and more specifically, the bean processing device 2 includes the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5, and the extraction device 3 includes: It includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10 (see FIGS. 2, 3, etc.). The grinding device 5 receives one cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4, and grinds the beans in two stages using grinders 5A and 5B. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separator 6. After the ground beans are put into the extraction container 9, the fluid supply unit 7 pours hot water into the extraction container 9, the drive unit 8 reverses the posture of the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 pours hot water into the extraction container 9. After dispensing the liquid, etc., a single drink is provided.

A part of the production section is covered by a cover section 102 configured as a transparent cover, which is a transparent section as a whole, and a user (for example, a manager of the beverage production device 1, a beverage consumer, etc.) 1. Visible from the outside. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that among the manufacturing units, a plurality of canisters 40 that are part of the storage device 4 are exposed, and other elements are substantially housed within the housing 100. In some embodiments, the entire manufacturing section may be housed within the housing 100. In other words, the cover section 102 may be provided so as to cover at least a portion of the manufacturing section.

At least a part of the production section is covered by the cover section 102 so that it can be visually recognized from the outside of the beverage production apparatus 1, so that, for example, when the user is an administrator of the beverage production apparatus 1, the administrator can control the production of beverages. In some cases, it may be possible to check the operation of the equipment along with the preparation. If the user is a purchaser of a beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of production of the beverage while increasing expectations for the beverage. For example, the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 is visible from the outside of the beverage manufacturing device 1 through the cover part 102, and among the several processes for manufacturing a beverage, the extraction process that is of relatively high interest to the user can be observed. It is. The drive unit 8 acts as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable part that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing department. Therefore, this reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively easy to attract the user's interest, and by making it observable by the user, it may be possible to entertain the user.

On the other hand, in order to further improve the quality of the beverages provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1, various aspects such as process improvements and the configuration and control aspects of the beverage manufacturing device 1 to achieve this are also being made. Desired. As an example, a change may be made to some of the elements included in the beverage manufacturing device 1. Hereinafter, an example of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 that can function as the water tank 72 in FIG. 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.

<8. Configuration example of liquid feeding amount adjustment device>
FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720. Further, FIG. 13 shows a sectional view taken along the line IV-IV in FIG. 12 and a sectional view of another example (configuration example EX31). Like the water tank 72, the liquid feeding amount adjustment device 720 is a tank that stores hot water (water) constituting a coffee beverage, and is also a device that has a function of sending out a fixed amount of hot water. Thereby, it is possible to sequentially deliver the hot water necessary for one cup of coffee beverage, and it is also possible to change the amount of hot water at that time. In the following description, components having the same functions as those related to the water tank 72 are given the same reference numerals.

The liquid feeding amount adjustment device 720 has a tank 720a that stores hot water. The outer wall of the tank 720a includes a peripheral wall 721, an upper wall 723 joined to the upper end of the peripheral wall 721, and a bottom wall 724 joined to the lower end of the peripheral wall 721, and as shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. has a cylindrical shape as a whole. A partition wall 722 is provided in the tank 720a, and the internal space is divided into an outer cylindrical space 725 and an inner cylindrical space 726A. In the case of this example, the partition wall 722 is a cylindrical wall body arranged concentrically with the peripheral wall 721, but the partition wall 722 may be eccentric with respect to the peripheral wall 721 as shown in configuration example EX31 in FIG. .

Space 725 constitutes a storage section that stores hot water. The space 725 is also referred to as a storage section 725. A movable member 727c is disposed above the space 726A, and the space 726 below the movable member 727c constitutes a storage section that stores hot water. The space 726 is also referred to as a storage section 726. By partitioning the storage portion 725 and the storage portion 726 with the partition wall 722, which is a common wall, it is possible to make the tank 720a smaller than when partitioning them with separate walls.

The storage section 725 is provided with a heater 72a that heats the water in the storage section 725 and a temperature sensor 72b that measures the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (here, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. For example, the heater 72a is turned on when the hot water temperature is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature of the hot water is 120 degrees Celsius.

A part of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage part 725 is connected to a pipe through which the air pressure in the reserve tank 71 (see FIG. 3) is supplied, and a solenoid valve 72f is provided here. The liquid feeding amount adjustment device 720 includes a sensor (not shown, for example, a sensor corresponding to the pressure sensor 72g in FIG. 3) that detects the atmospheric pressure in the storage section 725, and the electromagnetic valve 72f has a pressure regulating valve 72e (see FIG. 3). ) switches between supplying and cutting off the regulated atmospheric pressure to the storage section 725. The solenoid valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the atmospheric pressure inside the storage section 725 is maintained at 3 atmospheres, except when tap water (purified water) is supplied to the storage section 725.

A portion of the upper wall 723 that defines the storage portion 725 is also connected to a pipe that communicates the storage portion 725 to the atmosphere, and a solenoid valve 72h is provided here. When tap water is supplied to the storage section 725, the pressure of the storage section 725 is reduced to less than 2.5 atmospheres by the electromagnetic valve 72h so that the tap water is smoothly replenished into the storage section 725 by the water pressure of the tap water. The electromagnetic valve 72h switches whether or not to release the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the storage section 725 to the atmosphere when the pressure is reduced. In addition, the solenoid valve 72h releases the reservoir 725 to the atmosphere when the atmospheric pressure inside the reservoir 725 exceeds 3 atm, other than when tap water is supplied to the reservoir 725, and maintains the reservoir 725 at 3 atm. .

A pipe L2 that supplies tap water to the storage section 725 is connected to a portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 725, and a solenoid valve 72d is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d is controlled to open and close based on the detection result of a water level sensor 72c, which will be described later, and controls the water level of hot water in the storage section 725.

A portion of the bottom wall 724 that defines the storage section 725 is also connected to a pipe L2' for discharging hot water from the storage section 725, and a solenoid valve 72d' is provided here. The solenoid valve 72d' is opened when discarding the hot water in the storage section 725, and the hot water in the storage section 725 is discharged to the pipe L2'.

The storage portion 726 is a space whose volume can be changed by moving the movable member 727c. Hot water is supplied to the storage section 726 from the storage section 725 via a pipe 728a, a solenoid valve 728, and a pipe 728b. Piping 728a connects between the portion of bottom wall 724 that defines storage section 725 and solenoid valve 728. Piping 728b connects between the portion of bottom wall 724 that defines reservoir 726 and electromagnetic valve 728.

In the example of FIG. 12, the electromagnetic valve 728 is a three-way valve, and can switch between communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, and between communication and cutoff between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c. . Further, the solenoid valve 728 can also cut off any pipes from each other. The pipe 728c is a pipe for sending hot water in the storage section 726 to the extraction container 9.

By switching between communicating and blocking the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a, communication and blocking between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 can be switched. By switching between communicating and blocking the piping 728b and the piping 728c, it is possible to switch between sending and storing the hot water in the storage section 726.

The electromagnetic valve 728 cuts off the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are in communication with each other. Conversely, when the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c are in communication, the pipe 728b and the pipe 728a are cut off. The arrow shown on the electromagnetic valve 728 in the figure indicates the operating state of the electromagnetic valve 728, and in the case of the example in FIG. Indicates the condition.

Note that here, the solenoid valve 728 is a three-way valve, so that one solenoid valve 728 can perform these switching operations. However, a configuration is also adopted in which the piping 728b is divided into two parts, and a valve is provided to switch communication and cutoff between the piping 728b and the piping 728a on one side, and a valve to switch communication and cutoff between the piping 728b and the piping 728c on the other side. It is possible.

The liquid feeding amount adjustment device 720 includes a drive unit 727. The drive unit 727 is controlled in accordance with the amount of hot water sent out from the storage section 726, and changes the volume of the storage section 726. The amount of hot water required for one cup varies depending on the size of the coffee cup. The drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage section 726 so that an appropriate amount of hot water is delivered from the storage section 726 according to the size of the coffee cup.

The drive unit 727 is a mechanism that changes the volume of the storage section 726 by moving the movable member 727c up and down. The movable member 727c is a piston-shaped member inserted into the space 726A and configured to slide in the vertical direction, and its bottom surface 727d constitutes the upper wall of the storage portion 726. From this point of view, the movable member 727c may be called a piston unit or the like, and the space 726A may be called a cylinder unit or the like. The volume of the storage section 726 changes as the bottom surface 727d moves up and down.

Note that the volume of the storage section 726 is not changed by moving the position of the upper wall as in this example, but is changed by moving the position of the lower and side walls. is also possible.

The movable member 727c includes a seal member (not shown) that forms a seal with the inner surface of the partition wall 722, and slides on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 in a fluid-tight manner. However, a groove 727e extending in the vertical direction is formed on the circumferential surface of the movable member 727c, and there is a gap between the groove 727e and the inner surface of the partition wall 722.

This groove 727e is formed to communicate with an opening 722a that penetrates the partition wall 722 in the thickness direction. The opening 722a is formed at a position above the highest water level of hot water in the storage section 725 (the position of a sensor 731b described later), and is an air communication section that communicates the storage section 725 and the space 726A. Air communicates between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726 through the opening 722a and the groove 727e, and the air pressures in these spaces become the same. In addition, when the storage parts 725 and 726 are always kept at atmospheric pressure, passages communicating with the atmosphere may be provided separately.

The drive unit 727 includes a motor 727a supported by the upper wall 723 as a drive source, and a screw shaft 727b as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c. The screw shaft 727b extends in the vertical direction and is rotated by the driving force of the motor 727a. The movable member 727c has a screw hole 727f opened on its upper surface, and a screw shaft 727b is engaged with the screw hole 727f. The movable member 727c is prevented from rotating (not shown), and is moved in the vertical direction by rotation of the screw shaft 727b. The rotation stopper may be, for example, a concave portion and a convex portion extending in the vertical direction provided on the inner surface of the partition wall 722 and the circumferential surface of the movable member 727c.

Here, a screw mechanism consisting of a screw shaft 727b and a screw hole 727f is used as a moving mechanism for moving the movable member 727c, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other mechanisms such as a rack-pinion mechanism can also be employed.

The water level sensor 72c is a measurement unit that measures the water level of hot water in the storage section 725. The water level sensor 72c includes a hollow cylindrical reservoir 729 extending vertically, a float 730 provided in the reservoir 729, and a lower sensor 731a and an upper sensor 731b that detect the float 730.

The storage portion 729 communicates with the storage portion 725 through a communication portion 729a located below the sensor 731a, and communicates with the storage portion 725 through a communication portion 729b located above the sensor 731b. Hot water in the storage section 725 flows into the storage section 729 via the communication section 729a. The communication portion 729b is an air communication portion that communicates the storage portion 725 and the storage portion 729, and air communicates between the storage portion 725 and the storage portion 729 via the communication portion 729b. Therefore, the water level of the hot water in the storage section 729 becomes equal to the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725.

In this example, the storage section 729 is made of a transparent member such as glass or acrylic. Thereby, the water level of the hot water in the storage section 729 can be visually checked from the outside, and as a result, the user can confirm the water level of the hot water in the storage section 725. Of course, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which a transparent part is provided in a part of the peripheral wall (721) of the storage part 725 so that the water level can be visually checked.

The float 730 may be of any type as long as it floats on hot water in the reservoir 729.

The sensors 731a and 731b are, for example, optical sensors (photointerrupters), and detect the float 730 from outside the storage section 729. When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731a, the electromagnetic valve 72d is opened and water is supplied to the storage section 725. That is, the sensor 731a monitors the lower limit of the hot water level in the storage section 725. The lower limit of the water level is set at a higher position than the heater 72a, which can prevent the heater 72a from heating the heater 72a dry.

When the float 730 is detected by the sensor 731b, the electromagnetic valve 72d is closed to stop the supply of water to the storage section 725. In other words, the sensor 731b monitors the upper limit of the hot water level in the storage section 725.

It is also possible to construct a configuration equivalent to the water level sensor 72c inside the storage section 725. However, by constructing the water level sensor 72c outside the storage section 725 as in this example, it becomes easier to check the water level of the storage section 725 from the outside.

Next, an example of the operation of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 will be described with reference to FIG. 14. First, the drive unit 727 adjusts the volume of the storage section 726 according to the cup size and the like. State ST61 shows this situation. In the example shown in FIG. 13, the movable member 727c is lowered, and the volume of the storage portion 726 is set to a smaller volume than the example shown in FIG. The electromagnetic valve 728 communicates the piping 728b and the piping 728c, and hot water is not supplied from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726.

When the volume of the storage section 726 is set, the drive unit 727 is stopped, and the electromagnetic valve 728 causes the piping 728b and the piping 728a to communicate with each other. The storage portion 725 and the storage portion 726 have the same atmospheric pressure, and the storage portion 726 is located on the bottom side of the tank 720a. Therefore, hot water is supplied from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 due to the water head pressure of the hot water in the storage section 725 . In the case of this example, since the storage section 726 is formed at a position lower than the lowest water level of hot water in the storage section 725 (the position of the sensor 731a), a water head difference always occurs between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726. (The hot water in the storage section 725 is higher). Therefore, hot water is supplied from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 until the storage section 726 is full. State ST62 indicates a state in which the storage section 726 is full. Although hot water also enters the groove 727e, the volume of the groove 727e is sufficient to ensure air communication, and the amount can be kept to a minimum.

In the case of this example, although the heater 72a is not provided in the storage section 726, since the storage section 726 is surrounded by the storage section 725, the heat retention performance of the stored hot water can be ensured. Note that the volume of the storage section 726 may be changed by the drive unit 727 in the state ST62.

Although other methods are possible for supplying hot water from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726, in this example, hot water can be supplied with a relatively simple configuration by utilizing the water head difference between the storage section 725 and the storage section 726. can be supplied.

Next, the hot water stored in the storage section 726 is sent out. As shown in state ST63, by communicating the piping 728b and the piping 728c with the solenoid valve 728, hot water can be sent from the piping 728c to the extraction container 9 by its own weight or by the pressure of the storage section 726. After the hot water starts to be delivered, the operating state of the solenoid valve 728 is cut off between all the pipes, so that the hot water in the storage section 726 can be delivered in stages. For example, it is also possible to send and interrupt hot water for the steaming process (S11 in FIG. 11(B)), and then perform a process of sending out the remaining hot water (S12 in FIG. 11(B)). .

In any case, the entire amount of hot water stored in the storage section 726 is sent out. The full amount can be confirmed to be delivered by checking the opening time of the solenoid valve 728 (the communication time between the piping 728b and the piping 728c). Each time the hot water stored in the storage section 726 is sent out, the solenoid valve 72d may be opened to supply water corresponding to the amount to the storage section 725.

According to the above example, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted. To adjust the amount of liquid to be delivered, a control method is generally used in which a flow rate sensor is used and a valve is opened or closed based on the detection result. However, in the case of high-temperature liquids or special liquids, compatible flow rate sensors may not be commercially available or may be expensive. On the other hand, according to the above example, by adopting a method of adjusting the volume of the storage section 726, the amount of hot water delivered can be adjusted without requiring a flow rate sensor.

<9. Example of operation control when using liquid feeding amount adjustment device>
By using the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720, for example, it is possible to further improve the quality of the beverage provided by the beverage manufacturing device 1 by changing a part of the manufacturing process. Below, an example of the control process of the beverage manufacturing device 1 executed by the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 10) of the control device 11 will be described with reference to FIG. 15. For explanations omitted below, please refer to each step in FIGS. 11(A) and 11(B) and the operation details of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 in FIGS. 12 to 14.

FIG. 15 shows an example of control related to one coffee beverage production operation. First, the preheating process (referred to as S1' to distinguish it from S1 in FIG. 11A) is divided into at least two heating steps S101 and S102.

S101 is a process of pouring hot water into the extraction container 9 (container main body 90) and warming the extraction container 9 in advance. First, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to communicate the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b, and a small amount of hot water is transferred from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726. Thereafter, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to communicate the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c, and the hot water in the storage section 726 is sent to the extraction container 9 via the pipe L3. Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73b is controlled to pressurize the inside of the extraction container 9, and the hot water inside the extraction container 9 is discharged to the waste tank T.

By S101, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are preheated, and it is possible to prevent the hot water from cooling down during the production of the beverage in each step described below. Further, by performing S101, it may be possible to wash away residues (remaining liquid, etc.) in the flow path that occurred during the previous or past extraction.

S102 is a process of supplying the steam generated in the reservoirs 725 and 726 into the container body 90 and heating the extraction container 9. This steam can be generated by reducing the pressure in the storage parts 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726, and can be realized by the same procedure as S15 (see FIG. 11(B)). After the supply of steam to the extraction container 9 or the heating of the extraction container 9 using the steam is completed, the solenoid valve 728 is controlled to shut off the piping 728b and the piping 728c.

By performing S102, it becomes possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container 9. This makes it possible, for example, to extract liquid evenly from ground beans at a desired temperature, and as a result, the quality of the beverage can be improved. Furthermore, in S102, the air pressure in the reservoirs 725 and 726 decreases, and the liquid therein begins to boil, so the liquid can be stirred to equalize the temperature.

Incidentally, the piping L3 that functions as a connecting part connecting the storage parts 725 and 726 and the extraction container 9 and forms a flow path between them will also be heated together with the extraction container 9 in S102. . This prevents the liquid from cooling down when it passes through the pipe L3.

Here, as described above, the extraction container 9 has valves 903 and 913, and these are used for hot water as a liquid used in the extraction, a beverage liquid obtained by the extraction (coffee liquid in this example), or S102. Acts as an inlet or outlet for steam used for heating. In this example, in S102, steam flows into the extraction vessel 9 through the valve 913 and flows out of the extraction vessel 9 through the valve 903. When steam flows into the extraction vessel 9 from the valve 913, the valve 903 is open, so that if the steam liquefies into a liquid in the extraction vessel 9, the liquid flows into the extraction vessel 9. It becomes possible to flow out of the extraction container 9 through the valve 903 without remaining inside the extraction container 9 for a long time. According to this aspect, for example, when manufacturing a beverage through each process described below, the taste, flavor, etc. of the beverage will not be unintentionally diluted, which is advantageous for improving the quality of the beverage. be.

Alternatively, after filling the extraction container 9 with steam to some extent, the extraction container 9 may be vibrated with both valves 903 and 913 closed. Generation of vibrations to the extraction container 9 can be realized by the motor 823 and/or 824 (see FIG. 9) of the middle unit 8B. By applying vibration to the extraction container 9, which is filled with steam to some extent, the steam spreads uniformly within the extraction container 9, making it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container 9.

Note that instead of/in addition to S102, heating of the extraction container 9 using steam may be performed before S101. That is, the order of execution of S101 and S102 may be reversed, or S102 may be executed twice, before and after S101. By performing S102 before S101, it may become easier to remove residues generated during the previous or past extraction in S101.

After performing the preheating process S1' as described above, S2 is performed in the same manner as in FIG. 11(A), followed by an extraction process (referred to as S3' to distinguish it from S3 in FIG. 11(A)). )I do. In the extraction process S3', the main extraction pouring step S12 is divided into at least two pouring steps (S121 and S122). S121, which is the first pouring, is performed after S11 and before S13. Thereafter, S13 to S16 are performed in the same procedure as shown in FIG. 11(B).

Here, in S14, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in an upright position to a relatively thin thickness, and the ground beans are immersed in the hot water supplied in S121. . After boiling the hot water in the extraction container 9 in S15 and inverting the extraction container 9 to an inverted position in S16, S122, which is the second pouring of hot water, is performed after/together with S17.

In the drawing, S122 is shown to be performed after S17 for distinction, but S122 is preferably performed substantially simultaneously with S17 after the start of S17. As another embodiment, S17 may be performed substantially simultaneously with S122 after the start of S122. That is, S122 and S17 are preferably performed at least partially in parallel, and are combined into one process called the pouring and sending process K.

As mentioned above, when the extraction container 9 is in an upright position, ground beans accumulate from the body part 90e to the bottom part 90f, whereas when the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, the ground beans accumulate on the shoulder part 90d. It is deposited over the neck portion 90b. That is, the extraction container 9 includes a thick part extending from a body part 90e to a bottom part 90f, and a thin part extending from a shoulder part 90d to a neck part 90b, and ground beans are deposited in the thick part when in an upright position. In the inverted position, it accumulates in the narrow part.

During the transmission extraction in step S17, the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, so the hot water in the extraction container 9 passes through the ground beans that have been piled up thicker than in the case of the upright position. Because of the even contact, it is possible to achieve high efficiency in permeation extraction. Here, since S122, which is the second pouring of hot water, is performed together with S17, the extraction container 9 is fed with additional hot water in S122 while sending out the beverage obtained by immersion extraction using the hot water received in S121. You will receive it. The hot water that additionally flows into the extraction container 9 in S122 is not substantially used for the immersion type extraction, but is mainly used for the permeation type extraction. According to such an extraction mode, it is possible to effectively impart the unique taste of permeation extraction to the beverage, and it is possible to improve the quality of the beverage.

The amount of molten metal poured in S121 and the amount of molten metal poured in S122 may be settable or changed by the user, for example, or the ratio of immersion extraction and permeation extraction may be adjustable. Thereby, it may be possible to produce a beverage with quality that meets the user's preferences.

16(a) to 16(h) and FIGS. 17(i) to 17(о) are schematic diagrams for explaining the control mode of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 in correspondence with each step of FIG. 15 described above. It is a diagram. For ease of understanding, in the following explanation, a simplified model of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 will be used, and the solenoid valve 728, which is a three-way valve, is a valve that switches communication and isolation between the pipe 728a and the pipe 728b. 7281 and a valve 7282 that switches between communication and isolation between the pipe 728b and the pipe 728c.

FIG. 16(a) shows the initial state of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720, in which the beverage manufacturing device 1 is waiting for an instruction to start manufacturing a beverage. In the initial state, both valves 7281 and 7282 are closed, as schematically shown in the figure.

FIGS. 16(b) to 16(c) show embodiments of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S101 (heating treatment of the extraction container 9 using a small amount of hot water). In the step of FIG. 16(b), the valve 7281 is opened to move a small amount of hot water from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726, as shown by the broken line arrow. Subsequently, after closing the valve 7281, in the step of FIG. 16(c), the valve 7282 is opened and the hot water in the reservoir 726 is supplied to the extraction container 9 as shown by the broken line arrow. As a result, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipes L2 to L3 are heated.

FIGS. 16(d) to 16(e) show embodiments of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the above S102 (heating treatment of the extraction container 9 using steam). In the step of FIG. 16(d), steam is generated in the storage parts 725 and 726 by reducing the pressure in the storage parts 725 and 726 and boiling the hot water in the storage parts 725 and 726. Since the valve 7282 is in the open state, the generated steam is supplied to the extraction vessel 9 via the pipe 728c, as illustrated by the dashed arrow. In addition, in the step of FIG. 16(d), the boiling makes it possible to stir the hot water in the storage sections 725 and 726, and the temperature of the stirred hot water does not reach a predetermined value (for example, 118 degrees Celsius). In this case, the heater 72a (see FIG. 12) is driven. Thereafter, in the step of FIG. 16(e), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of steam to the extraction container 9. Thereby, the entire extraction container 9 can be heated uniformly.

FIGS. 16(f) to 16(h) show aspects of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the preparation process for executing the extraction process S3'. After returning the insides of the reservoirs 725 and 726 to 3 atmospheres in the step of FIG. 16(f), in the step of FIG. 16(g), the valve 7281 is opened and the reservoirs are opened as shown by the dashed arrow. One cup of hot water (for example, about 180 cc) is transferred from 725 to storage section 726 . After the transfer of hot water from the storage section 725 to the storage section 726 is completed, the valve 7281 is closed in the step of FIG. 16(h). Note that the amount for one cup may be set or selected in advance by the user, may be determined based on the size of the cup placed on the placing section 110, or may be a fixed value. Good too. Although not shown here, the grinding process (step S2) may be performed in parallel between the steps in FIGS. 16(f) to 16(h), and thereby time can be shortened.

FIGS. 17(i) to 17(j) show aspects of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the steaming pouring process (step S11). The valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17(i), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17(j). As a result, a portion (for example, about 30 cc) of the hot water stored in the storage portion 726 flows into the extraction container 9 for steaming in S11, as shown by the broken line arrow.

FIGS. 17(k) to 17(l) show aspects of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the first main extraction pouring (step S121). After the steaming of the ground beans is completed, the valve 7282 is opened in the step of FIG. 17(k), and after a predetermined period of time has passed, the valve 7282 is closed in the step of FIG. 17(l). As a result, a portion of the remaining hot water (about 40 cc, for example) in the storage section 726 flows into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow.

Although not shown here, after the step in FIG. 17(l), steps S13 to S16 are performed. Although details will be described later, in S13 of this example, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized and hot water (for example, about 30 cc) is poured.

FIG. 17(m) shows a mode of the liquid feeding amount adjusting device 720 corresponding to the second main extraction pouring (step S122). By opening the valve 7282 in the step of FIG. 17(m), the remaining hot water (for example, about 80 cc) in the storage section 726 can additionally flow into the extraction container 9 as shown by the dashed arrow. becomes. As described above, S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17, and the hot water flowing into the extraction container 9 here is not substantially used for the immersion type extraction but is mainly used for the permeation type extraction.

Thereafter, S17 is completed when substantially all of the beverage has been delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup. Here, after S122 and before the completion of S17, it is possible to additionally promote delivery of the beverage using the steam in the reservoirs 725 and 726 and the air pressure from the compressor 70. The steam in the reservoirs 725 and 726 can be generated using the same procedure as S102 (steps in FIGS. 16(d) to 16(e)). That is, in the step of FIG. 17(n), steam is generated in the reservoirs 725 and 726 by reducing the pressure in the reservoirs 725 and 726 and boiling the water, and the steam is transferred to the extraction container 9 via the pipe 728c. supply At this time, as in the step of FIG. 16(d), the hot water in the reservoirs 725 and 726 is appropriately stirred, and the heater 72a can be driven as necessary. Thereafter, in the step of FIG. 17(o), the valve 7282 is closed to stop the supply of the steam. Incidentally, when promoting the delivery of the beverage, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 can be adjusted to, for example, about 1.6 to 2 atmospheres.

FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining the manner in which the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 changes during the extraction process S3'. The horizontal axis indicates a time axis, and indicates periods T1 to T11, as well as steps (S11, etc.) corresponding to the periods T1 to T11. The vertical axis indicates the atmospheric pressure P in the extraction container 9 during each of the periods T1 to T11. Although the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated in FIG. 18 as having the same length, in reality, the lengths of the periods T1 to T11 may be the same, but may be different. Sometimes it is a long period.

The period T1 to T2 is a period corresponding to the steaming pouring process (step S11). In period T1, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to about 1.8 atmospheres, and hot water for steaming (about 30 cc) is flowed into the extraction container 9. The timing of the flow of hot water into the extraction container 9 may be any time within the period T1, but may be set or selected in advance by the user, or may be changed depending on the type of beverage. Then, use this hot water to steam the ground beans. This period (about 15 seconds) is defined as period T2.

Period T3 is a period corresponding to the first pouring (step S121). In period T3, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 3 atmospheres, and hot water (about 40 cc) for main extraction is flowed into the extraction container 9 in S121.

The period T4 is a period corresponding to the pressurization S13 in the extraction container 9. In period T4, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 5 atmospheres, and hot water (about 30 cc) is flowed into the extraction container 9.

Here, the amount of molten metal poured can be adjusted between periods T3 and T4, and for example, pouring of about 70 cc may be completed in period T3. Periods T3 and T4 both have in common that the pouring is performed while pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, but in this example, their pressurization modes are different from each other. For example, during the pressurization period T3 to T4, the pressurization mode becomes gentle in the middle (P=about 3 atmospheres). For example, the timing between periods T3 and T4 may be defined as an inflection point of atmospheric pressure P. By controlling or adjusting the pressurization mode during the period T3 to T4, it is possible to widen the range of taste, flavor, etc. to the extent that it is possible to express the beverage liquid obtained in the subsequent step, immersion extraction S14. There are cases.

The period T5 is a period corresponding to the immersion extraction S14. After the inside of the extraction container 9 reaches 5 atmospheres, that state is maintained. This period (about 9 seconds) is defined as period T5. As a result, coffee liquid, which is a beverage liquid, is extracted from the ground beans to be extracted. Note that the length of the period T5 may be shortened to 1 second.

The period T6 to T8 is a period corresponding to the reduced pressure S15 in the extraction vessel 9. During the period T6 to T7, the pressure reduction described above is performed in two stages. In period T6, first, the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized from 5 atm to 1.5 atm in a relatively short time (rapid depressurization), and then stands by for a predetermined period (about 3 seconds). Next, in period T7, the inside of the extraction container 9 is depressurized to 1 atmosphere, and then it waits for a predetermined period (about 1 second).

As described above, the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the reduced pressure S15. According to the pressure reduction mode of this example, first, a part of the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred by the first step of pressure reduction in period T6, and then, by the second step of pressure reduction in period T7, the liquid in the extraction container 9 is boiled and stirred. Other portions of the liquid within 9 may also be boiled and stirred. Therefore, for example, it becomes possible to appropriately stir the entire liquid in the extraction container 9, which may be advantageous, for example, when the extracted beverage liquid has unevenness in concentration, composition, etc. After that, in period T8, the inside of the extraction container 9 is returned to 1.5 atmospheres to stabilize boiling, and at the same time, liquid (for example, about 5 cc) that may remain in the flow path (pipes L2, L3, etc.) is forced into the extraction container 9.

The period T9 is the inversion S16 of the extraction container 9 and the subsequent waiting period (about 2 seconds). Note that the timing of the start of period T9 corresponds to the timing at which the above-mentioned inversion S16 is executed. In the period T9, the ground beans to be extracted are deposited in a relatively thick layer in the lower part of the extraction container 9, which was inverted in S16. Further, in period T9, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is reduced to 1 atmosphere.

The period T10 to T11 is a period corresponding to the permeation extraction S17, whereby the beverage is delivered from the extraction container 9 to the cup C. As described above, the second pouring of hot water S122 is performed substantially simultaneously with S17, and the hot water (approximately 80 cc) that additionally flows into the extraction container 9 is mainly used for permeation extraction. In this example, a total of approximately 185 cc of beverage will be provided.

In this example, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 1.6 atmospheres after, for example, S122 in the period T10, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to 2 atmospheres in the subsequent period T11 to promote delivery of the beverage. In the period T10, the steam in the reservoirs 725 and 726 is used to promote the delivery of the beverage, and in the period T11, the air pressure from the compressor 70 is used to promote the delivery of the beverage. That is, in period T10, relatively high temperature gas is used to promote delivery of the beverage, and in period T11, relatively low temperature gas is used to promote delivery of the beverage. As a result, all of the beverage to be dispensed (including the liquid in the flow path) can be appropriately provided to the cup in a relatively short time.

More specifically, the above-mentioned periods T1 and the like are grouped together as shown in FIG. 19 in association with each step such as S11 or its substeps.

FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a table of the extraction process S3' stored in the storage unit 11b shown in FIG. 10.

As described above, in FIG. 18, the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated as having equal lengths, but in FIG. 19, specific lengths of the periods are shown.

Period T6 is a step in which the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is rapidly reduced to 1.5 atm, but it may also be an atmosphere release step (first half) in which the inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere. In such a case, Period T7 is an atmosphere release step (second half) in which the inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere.

Further, although period T10 was a beverage delivery process using steam and period T11 was a beverage delivery process using air pressure, both period T10 and period T11 may be a beverage delivery process using steam. Alternatively, the beverage delivery process may use pneumatic pressure. That is, the period T10 may be the beverage delivery process (first half), and the period T11 may be the beverage delivery process (second half).

Furthermore, whether it is the period T10 or the period T11, a fluid (which may be a liquid or a gas) higher than the temperature of the liquid in the extraction container 9 may be supplied to the extraction container 9. . The liquid here refers to hot water that can be used as a drink.

Note that the table shown in FIG. 19 may be acquired by the control device 11 shown in FIG. 10 from the server 16 via the communication network 15. In addition to the table shown in FIG. 19, multiple types of tables are prepared. These tables are prepared for each type of extraction target (coffee bean type) or for each roasting method. Furthermore, these tables are also prepared for each type of beverage taste, and the user can select one of them according to his/her preference. The selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12, which is a touch panel display.

In FIG. 20, a waveform indicating the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 (how the amount of hot water changes) that changes over time is added to FIG. 18 with a broken line. In this example, a total of approximately 185 cc of beverage will be provided. This figure 20 shows the target values (or set values) for the atmospheric pressure and hot water volume in the extraction container 9, which change over time, and shows how these actual values change. , may be additionally plotted on the information display device 12 (see FIG. 1, etc.). A display screen as shown in FIG. 20 on the information display device 12 may be displayed on the information display device 12 by the user selecting a dedicated display mode. As a result, if the user is a purchaser of beverages, it may be possible to make the user wait without getting bored. Furthermore, if the user is the administrator of the device 1, the user may be able to confirm whether or not the beverage production by the device 1 is being performed appropriately.

FIG. 21 shows that, as information that can be displayed on the information display device 12 during beverage production, the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are superimposed on the target values as time passes (in real time). Shows how it is plotted. That is, FIG. 21 is obtained by adding waveforms to FIG. 20 that show how the actual values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 change. These actual values can be measured as actual values using a pressure sensor and a temperature sensor, respectively. In the figure, the solid line shows how the target value of the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 changes when extracting one drink, and the dashed line shows how the actual measured value of the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 changes. . Furthermore, the broken line indicates the manner in which the target value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 changes, and the two-dot chain line represents the manner in which the measured value of the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 changes.

In the example of FIG. 21, the current process is in the middle of period T6 (S15), and the actual measured values of the atmospheric pressure and amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are plotted from period T1 to that point (in the middle of period T6). Show that there is. Here, the measured value of the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 at this point is 1.2 atm, and the measured value of the amount of hot water is 100 cc. Note that the above-mentioned measured values are continuously plotted in the subsequent steps as well. A display screen as shown in FIG. 21 on the information display device 12 may be displayed on the information display device 12 by the user selecting a dedicated display mode. As a result, if the actual measured value has not reached the target value or if the actual measured value deviates significantly from the target value, the user can check the occurrence of leakage in the flow path, each element forming the flow path (piping, This makes it possible to quickly respond to problems with valves, etc.).

In FIG. 21, the target values for the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9, as well as changes in these actual values, are shown on the information display device 12. 12 may be shown. For example, the state of change may be shown only for the target value and the measured value of the atmospheric pressure, or the state of change may be shown for only the target value and the measured value of the amount of hot water. Alternatively, the calculation results of the target value and the actual measurement value (for example, how the amount of deviation thereof changes) may be shown.

A plurality of patterns of changes in the above-mentioned target values of the atmospheric pressure and the amount of hot water in the extraction container 9 are prepared in advance, and the user can select one according to his/her preference from among them. . The information indicating the plurality of patterns may be stored in advance in the storage unit 11b (see FIG. 10), for example, or may be acquired from the server 16 via the communication network 15. Further, the above selection by the user can be realized by the information display device 12 which is a touch panel type display.

Furthermore, when one drink is extracted, changes in the target values and actual measured values of the atmospheric pressure and hot water amount in the extraction container 9 are displayed on the information display device 12 over the entire period T1 to T11. Information indicating , for example, can be stored in the storage unit 11b. Therefore, the user can display the information again by performing a predetermined operation via the information display device 12 as necessary. Thereby, the user can also check, for example, changes in the target value and actual measured value during past beverage production.

Note that the periods T1 to T11 are schematically illustrated as having the same length in each of FIGS. It suffices if it is displayed at an interval corresponding to.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, in S102 of the preheating process S1', the extraction container 9 is Perform heating. This makes it possible to uniformly heat the entire extraction container 9, and for example, in the subsequent permeation extraction S17, it becomes possible to evenly extract the beverage liquid (coffee liquid) at a desired temperature, and as a result, , it becomes possible to improve the quality of beverages.

Further, according to this embodiment, ground beans to be extracted are deposited in the extraction container 9 in an upright position and immersed in liquid (hot water). This liquid flows into the extraction container 9 in step S121, which is the first pouring. Thereafter, the brewing container 9 is placed in an inverted position to increase the thickness of the ground beans piled up (see S16), and the beverage liquid is delivered from the inverted brewing container 9 to the cup via the pouring part 10c (see S17). . The remaining liquid (hot water) is additionally flowed into the extraction container 9 during the delivery in step S122, which is the second pouring of hot water. The additionally introduced liquid is mainly used for permeation extraction, and according to this extraction mode, for example, it is possible to impart a flavor unique to permeation extraction to a beverage. In addition, it is possible to adjust the ratio of immersion extraction and permeation extraction, and in some cases it is possible to expand the range of tastes and flavors to the extent that they can be expressed. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the quality of beverages.

Next, a device that allows users to easily select their favorite beverage will be described. In the following description, components having the same names as those described above may be given the same reference numerals as those used up until now.

First, a communication system (hereinafter simply referred to as a system) including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 22. FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of a system 1200 including the beverage manufacturing device 1. As shown in FIG. System 1200 includes a server 1201, information display devices 1202 and 1204, and beverage manufacturing devices 1203 and 1205. The information display devices 1202 and 1204 according to this embodiment display rankings of beverage information that can be instructed to be manufactured by the beverage manufacturing devices 1203 and 1205. Here, the beverage manufacturing devices 1203 and 1205 correspond to the beverage manufacturing device 1, and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 correspond to the information display device 12. The server 1201 and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 are connected to be able to communicate with each other via a network 1206 such as the Internet. The information display devices 1202 and 1204 and the beverage manufacturing devices 1203 and 1205 are located, for example, in a store that provides coffee beans and beverages, and the information display devices 1202 and 1204 communicate with each other via short-range wireless communication such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). It may be possible to communicate.

FIG. 23 is a configuration diagram of the server 1201. The processing unit 1301 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the server 1201 in an integrated manner. The operation of the server 1201 in this embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1301 loading a program stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing it. The memory 1302 is also used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1301. The storage unit 1303 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for the operation of the server 1201. In addition, various databases are constructed in the storage unit 1303, and store, for example, a beverage information database (DB) 1303a, a user information DB 1303b, and a manufacturing history DB 1303c (hereinafter also referred to as DBs 1303a to 1303c), which will be described later. Memorize applications that can provide services.

The communication interface (I/F) 1304 is configured depending on the medium of the network 1206, such as wired or wireless. The display unit 1305 is, for example, a display, and displays a user interface screen to the administrator of the server 1201, for example. Further, the operation unit 1306 is, for example, a keyboard or a mouse, and can accept operations from the administrator.

The data processing unit 1307 includes, for example, at least one of a CPU and a GPU, and extracts data based on a data acquisition request for the DBs 1303a to 1303c, which will be described later, and adds data based on a data update request. The parts shown in FIG. 23 can be connected to each other via a bus 1308.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing the configuration of the information display device 1202. As described above, the information display device 1202 corresponds to the information display device 12. The processing unit 1401 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the information display device 1202 in an integrated manner. The operation of the information display device 1202 in this embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1401 loading a program stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing it. The memory 1402 is used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1401. The storage unit 1403 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for the operation of the information display device 1202.

The communication I/F 1404 is configured according to the medium of the network 1206, such as wired or wireless, and is configured to be able to communicate with the server 1201. The short-range wireless communication I/F 1405 communicates using a communication method different from that of the communication I/F 1404, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In this embodiment, the information display device 1202 may be able to communicate with another nearby information display device 1204, such as installed in the same store, via the short-range wireless communication I/F 1405.

The display unit 1407 is a touch panel and displays a user interface screen for the user to use the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203. Further, the operation unit 1408 can accept operations from the user, and includes hardware keys such as determination. When the display section 1407 is a touch panel, the operation section 1408 may be realized as software keys on the touch panel. In one example, the display unit 1407 may be a display unit provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus (for example, a transparent touch panel display unit that constitutes the cover unit 102, an information display device 12, etc.) or a mobile terminal carried by a user (for example, a smartphone). , mobile phones, tablets, etc.), mobile terminals (e.g., smartphones, mobile phones, tablets, etc.) that can be operated by managers such as store staff, PC screens, POS terminals in stores where beverage manufacturing equipment is installed, signage, etc. However, it may also be a screen of a POS terminal integrated with a cash register and/or various code readers such as barcodes. The display unit of the POS terminal is used as the display unit 1407, which displays various ranking displays, selects a recipe etc. with a touch operation, and displays various information such as a QR code (registered trademark) regarding beverage production to be produced by the beverage production apparatus desired by the user. A code display or other image may be displayed on paper. The display on the paper may be read by a camera provided in the beverage manufacturing device, information regarding beverage production may be specified from the read display, and the beverage may be manufactured. In addition, the POS terminal and the beverage manufacturing device can be connected via a signal line (e.g., the Internet, etc.) or wirelessly (e.g., the Internet, etc.), and a recipe etc. can be selected by touch operation on the display of the POS terminal, and the beverage manufacturing device desired by the user can be connected. Information regarding the production of the beverage to be produced may be transmitted to the beverage production apparatus by a signal, and the beverage production apparatus desired by the user may be made to produce the beverage. At this time, it is not necessary to go through the server or not.

The imaging unit 1409 is a camera and generates imaging data of still images. The imaging unit 1409 can, for example, take an image of beans brought into a store by a user or take an image of a two-dimensional code displayed on a display unit of a mobile terminal. By capturing an image of the two-dimensional code displayed on the display of the mobile terminal, the information display device 1202 can communicate with the mobile terminal using a communication method other than communication using the communication I/F 1404 or the short-range wireless communication I/F 1405. It becomes possible. The main body I/F 1406 is an interface unit with the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203, and, for example, transmits coffee bean selection information and extraction recipe information set by the user via the display unit 1407 and the operation unit 1408 to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203. Send. The parts in FIG. 24 can be connected to each other via a bus 1410.

25(A) to 25(C) are diagrams showing examples of data stored in DBs 1303a to 1303c stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201. FIG. 25(A) shows data 1500 stored in the beverage information DB 1303a. The data 1500 includes a recipe ID 1501, creator information 1502 showing the creator of the recipe, manufacturing number information 1503 showing the number of times beverage information was selected and manufactured by the user in the past, raw material information, manufacturing method, and type 1512, 1513. . The raw material information includes bean information 1504 indicating the type of beans, production area information 1505 indicating the production area of the beans, and roasting degree information 1506 indicating the degree of roasting of the beans. The manufacturing method also includes the amount of beans used in one extraction 1507, the grinding particle size of the beans 1508, the amount of steaming water 1509, the steaming time 1510, and the amount of extraction hot water 1511. Type 1512 is type information indicating whether the beverage is a hot beverage or iced beverage, and type 1513 is type information indicating the flavor of the beverage. In addition, in this embodiment, the manufacturing number information 1503 will be explained as being the number of times that a plurality of beverage manufacturing apparatuses have manufactured the beverage corresponding to the manufacturing number information 1503. May be stored.

FIG. 25B shows exemplary data 1520 of the user information DB 1303b. The user may be a store, or a store employee or customer. The data 1520 includes ID information 1521 indicating a user identifier, name information 1522 indicating the user's name, age information 1523 indicating the user's age, and gender information 1524 indicating the user's gender. In one example, the data 1520 may further include information corresponding to the user's address, user's nickname information, and user's photo data.

FIG. 25C shows exemplary data 1530 of the manufacturing history DB 1303c. The data 1530 includes user information 1531 related to the user who instructed the production, date and time information 1532 related to the production date and time, a recipe ID 1533 corresponding to the produced beverage, a machine ID 1534 corresponding to the beverage production device that produced the beverage, and a machine ID 1534 corresponding to the beverage production device installed. Contains a store ID 1535 corresponding to the store. In one example, data 1530 may further include price information corresponding to the price of the manufactured beverage, and the like.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, a process executed by the information display device 1202 to display beverage information will be described. The process in FIG. 26 is performed by the processing unit 1401 loading the program (app) stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing it when the startup process of the information display device 1202 and the beverage manufacturing device 1203 is completed. Realized. First, the processing unit 1401 identifies a category for displaying beverage information (S1601). As described later, the category may be specified based on an operation input by the user via the operation unit 1408, and the processing unit 1401 of the information display device 1202 may select setting values stored in the memory 1402 or the storage unit 1403. It may be specified by reading. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 acquires beverage information from the server 1201 based on the specified category (S1602). In the present embodiment, the processing unit 1401 transmits information indicating the identified category to the server 1201, and the server 1201 extracts beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a based on the received information indicating the category. Send to. However, in one example, the information display device 1202 may have beverage information in the storage section 1403 and read the beverage information from the storage section 1403 based on the specified category.

Here, with reference to FIG. 27, an example of processing executed by the server 1201 to transmit beverage information to the information display device 1202 will be described. The process in FIG. 27 is realized by the processing unit 1301 loading the program (app) stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing it when the startup process of the server 1201 is completed. First, the processing unit 1301 receives a category from the information display device 1202 (S1701).

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 extracts beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a based on the received category (S1702). For example, if the received category is bean information 1504 of raw material information, the data processing unit 1307 sorts the beverage information DB by bean type, calculates the number of times recipes with the same bean information are manufactured, and Extract the type and number of times it has been manufactured. In addition, for each type of bean, the recipe that has been produced the most times is extracted. Next, the processing unit 1301 transmits the extracted type of beans and the number of times of production to the information display device 1202 (S1703).

Note that in S1702, the processing unit 1301 may extract information on a predetermined number of beverages (for example, five) that have been produced many times. In another example, the processing unit 1301 may include and extract beverage information recommended to the user, which is stored in the storage unit 1303. Alternatively, when user information of a user who has requested beverage information is acquired from the information display device 1202, beverage information may be extracted including beverage information of beverages that the user frequently instructs to manufacture. That is, in S1702, beverage information may be extracted including beverage information other than the beverage information produced the most times.

Returning to the explanation of FIG. 26. The processing unit 1401 displays the acquired beverage information on the display unit 1407 (S1603).

Here, an example of the beverage information displayed on the display section 1407 will be described with reference to FIG. 28. A screen 1800 on the display unit 1407 is an example of a screen displayed when "recipe" is specified as a category.

At the top of the screen 1800, recipes 1801, barista 1802, and flavors 1803 are displayed as selectable categories. Recipe 1801 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of times of production for each recipe in beverage information DB 1303a. Barista 1802 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of productions for each creator in beverage information DB 1303a. Flavor 1803 is a category for acquiring beverage information based on the number of productions for each type 2 1513 of beverage information DB 1303a. Note that parameters of arbitrary beverage information, such as bean information 1504 and production area information 1505 in the beverage information DB 1303a, may be selectable as a category.

In the example of FIG. 28, since recipe 1801 is selected, the information display device 1202 displays beverage information for each recipe, and recipes 1804 to 1808 are displayed in a ranking manner. Here, the ranking display means to display a predetermined number of recipes in descending order of the number of extractions (manufacturing times) of beverages selected and drawn by the user in the past. For example, recipe 1804 corresponds to the beverage information of recipe ID1 in FIG. 25(A), and other information such as creator information 1502, bean information 1504, type 1512, and type 1513 are also displayed. Note that in the ranking display of S1603, if the recommended beverage information is acquired in S1602, the recommended beverage information is also displayed.

Beverage information can be displayed in a plurality of display orders including ranking display and non-ranking display, and in the case of non-ranking display, the beverage information may be displayed in order of name. For example, a "name" field is prepared in each row of FIG. C", recipe ID "3" is registered on the server as "Recipe B", and when displaying recipe information in order of name, "Recipe A", "Recipe B", "Recipe C" are displayed in order. Here, it is assumed that the higher the screen is, the higher the ranking. The same applies below unless otherwise specified.

In the case of non-ranking display, the items may be displayed in the order according to the order information registered corresponding to the beverage information. For example, a "name" field and an "order information" field are prepared in each row of FIG. as "3", the name of recipe ID "2" as "recipe C", the "order information" as "2", the name of recipe ID "3" as "recipe B", and the "order information" as "1". If the recipe information is registered in the server and the recipe information is displayed in a non-ranking manner, "Recipe B", "Recipe C", and "Recipe A" may be displayed in this order from the top of the screen.

In the case of non-ranking display, the drinks are displayed in the order according to the order information registered corresponding to the drink information, and if the order information is the same, the drinks are displayed in the order of the name of the drink information. For example, a "name" field and an "order information" field are prepared in each row of FIG. as "3", the name of recipe ID "2" as "recipe C", the "order information" as "3", the name of recipe ID "3" as "recipe B", and the "order information" as "1". When the recipe information is registered in the server and the recipe information is displayed in non-ranking order, "Recipe B", "Recipe A", and "Recipe C" are displayed in this order from the top of the screen.

It may also be possible to display rankings that take into account the results of administrator operations, and here, administrator operations refer to operations that can be changed, for example, on the management screen that is displayed when the administrator password is entered. For example, a "priority" field is prepared in each row of FIG. After setting the "priority" of recipe ID "3" to "C" and "C" by administrator operation, the number of times the recipe is selected by the user in a certain period is 10 times, recipe ID "2" 5 times, recipe ID "3" 12 times, recipe ID "3" and recipe ID are displayed from the top of the screen without taking into account the priority (administrator operation) as a recipe ranking display. You can display the recipe in the order of "1", recipe ID "2", or take into account the priority (administrator operation), starting from the top of the screen with recipe ID "1", recipe ID "3", recipe ID " 2" may be displayed in order. Here, it is assumed that priority A has the highest priority, and priority B and C decrease in alphabetical order.

The priority may not only be settable for each recipe by the administrator's operation, but also for each category, such as the priority for each recipe or the priority for each bean, by the administrator's operation. For example, the "priority" of recipe ID "1" is "A", the "priority" of recipe ID "2" is "C", the "priority" of recipe ID "3" is "C", and the recipe ID "4". The priority of bean "A" is set to "C" by administrator operation, and the priority of bean "A" is set to "B", and the priority of bean "B" is set as "priority" of each bean. is set to "A" by administrator operation, and the number of times the user selects a recipe in a certain period is 10 times for recipe ID "1", 5 times for recipe ID "2", and 5 times for recipe ID "3". ” is displayed 12 times and recipe ID “4” is displayed once, the priority (administrator operation) is taken into account as a recipe ranking display, and recipe ID “1”, recipe ID “3”, and recipe ID are displayed from the top of the screen. "2" and recipe ID "4" may be displayed in this order.Also, the priority (administrator operation) can be added to display the ranking of beans, and beans "B" and "A" are displayed from the top of the screen. They may be displayed in order.

In the example shown in FIG. 25, rankings are displayed based on information on the number of selections made by users during a certain period collected from beverage manufacturing equipment installed around the world. It is also possible to display rankings based on information on the number of selections made by users in a certain period, collected from one or more installed beverage manufacturing equipment. It is also possible to display rankings based on information on the number of selections in a period, and it is possible to display rankings based on information on the number of times selections are made in a certain period. It is also possible to display a ranking based on the collected information on the number of user selections, and it may also be possible to display a ranking based on the information on the number of user selections collected from the beverage manufacturing apparatus that will issue manufacturing instructions.

In the example using FIGS. 25(A) to 25(C), an example was shown in which ranking display is performed based on information on the number of selections made by users in a certain period collected from beverage manufacturing equipment, but the ranking display is not limited to this. Rankings may be displayed based on information collected from sources other than the device, such as an independently managed website on the Internet, based on the amount of products sold during a certain period. For example, the amount of bean varieties sold during a certain period on an EC (electronic commerce) site is stored in a server, etc., and the coffee beans to be manufactured by a beverage manufacturing device are ranked on the screen according to the amount. You can do it like this. Specifically, if bean "B" sells twice as much as bean "A" during a certain period on an EC site, recipes using bean "B" will be prioritized over recipes using bean "A". (For example, in the case of the recipe in FIG. 25(A), recipe ID "4", recipe ID "1", recipe ID "2", and recipe ID "3" may be displayed in this order from the top of the screen). . Of course, the ranking may be displayed using both the information on the number of selections made by the user in a certain period collected from the beverage manufacturing apparatus and the information collected from sources other than the beverage manufacturing apparatus. For example, on an EC site, bean "B" sells twice as much as bean "A" during a certain period, and the number of recipes for beverage manufacturing equipment selected by the user during a certain period is 10 times with recipe ID "1" and 10 times with recipe ID "1". If "2" is entered 5 times, Recipe ID "3" is entered 12 times, and Recipe ID "4" is entered once, then from the top of the screen Recipe ID "4", Recipe ID "3", Recipe ID "1", Recipe ID They may be displayed in the order of "2".

Returning to the explanation of FIG. 26. The processing unit 1401 checks whether the category for displaying beverage information on the display unit 1407 has been changed (S1604). For example, when the user selects barista 1802 or flavor 1803 in FIG. 28, the processing unit 1401 determines that the category has been changed (Yes in S1604), and returns the process to S1601. If none of the recipe 1801, barista 1802, and flavor 1803 is selected (No in S1604), the processing unit 1401 determines whether the next displayed beverage information has been selected (S1605). For example, when one of the recipes 1804 to 1808 in FIG. Instruct the manufacturing apparatus 1203 (S1606). For example, in S1606, the processing unit 1401 instructs the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203 to manufacture a beverage by transmitting the values of manufacturing methods 1507 to 1511 in FIG. 25 via the main body I/F 1406. If the beverage information is not selected (No in S1605), the processing unit 1401 returns the process to S1604 and waits for the category to be changed or the beverage information to be selected. Note that the user who specified the category in S1601 and the user who selected the beverage information in S1605 may be different.

Subsequently, after instructing to manufacture the beverage, the information display device 1202 notifies the server 1201 that the beverage has been manufactured (S1607). In one example, when the server 1201 receives a notification that a beverage has been manufactured from the information display device 1202, the server 1201 increases the number of times the recipe corresponding to the manufactured beverage has been manufactured by one. That is, the beverage information DB 1303a also operates as a storage unit for the number of beverage selections. In one example, the information display device 1202 transmits to the server 1201 information about the user who gave the instruction to manufacture the beverage, date and time information, and information about the beverage manufacturing device 1203 that manufactured the beverage, and the server 1201 sends records (1531 to 1531) to the manufacturing history DB 1303c. 1535) may be added to update the history information. That is, the manufacturing history DB 1303c may also operate as a storage unit that stores the number of beverage selections for each user. In this way, the ranking display can be updated by collecting information indicating production from at least one information display device or beverage production device and updating the number of productions.

Here, an example of processing when it is determined in S1604 of FIG. 26 that there has been a change in the category will be described. Here, processing when varistor 1802 in FIG. 28 is selected will be described. In this case, the processing unit 1401 determines that "barista" is selected as the category (S1601), and transmits a signal to the server 1201 indicating that the category is barista. When the server 1201 receives the signal (S1701), it extracts beverage information from the beverage information DB 1303a (S1702). In S1702, the server 1201 controls the data processing unit 1307 to extract beverage information from data in the beverage information DB 1303a for each creator. For example, the data processing unit 1307 totals the number of times recipes with the same creator information 1502 have been manufactured, and calculates the number of times the recipe has been manufactured for each creator. Furthermore, for each creator, the manufacturing method (1507 to 1511) of the recipe that has been manufactured the most times is extracted. That is, for each creator, the number of times a recipe has been selected to produce a beverage and the combination of the creator's typical recipes are extracted and transmitted to the information display device 1202 (S1703).

FIG. 29 shows a screen 1900 displayed on the display unit 1407 when the category is barista (inventor). In addition to categories (1801-1803), beverage information 1901-1903 for each creator is displayed in rankings on the screen. For example, beverage information 1901 indicates that a beverage corresponding to a recipe devised by creator "BBBB BBBB" has been manufactured 1267 times, and beverage information 1902 corresponds to a recipe devised by creator "○○ company". Indicates that the beverage has been manufactured 1091 times. Here, if the selection button for the beverage information 1901 is pressed, the processing unit 1401 determines that the beverage information has been selected (Yes in S1605), and the processing unit 1401 determines that the beverage information has been selected (Yes in S1605), and has the highest production count among the recipes of the creator "BBBB BBBB". The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1203 is instructed to manufacture a beverage corresponding to a recipe with a large number of ingredients (S1606). In one example, the creator can set a recommended recipe, and if the category is creator and the creator is selected, the creator instructs the beverage manufacturing device 1203 to manufacture a beverage corresponding to the recommended recipe. You may.

FIG. 30 shows a screen 2000 displayed on the display section 1407 when the category is type 2 (flavor). In addition to categories (1801 to 1803), beverage information 2001 and 2006 for each flavor is displayed in rankings on the screen. For example, beverage information 2001 indicates that a beverage with a flavor of "vanilla" has been produced 4107 times, and beverage information 2006 indicates that a beverage with a flavor of "chocolate" has been produced 1725 times. Here, when beverage information whose flavor is "vanilla" is selected, a plurality of beverage information whose flavor is "vanilla" may be displayed for each recipe (2002 to 2004), for example. In one example, the recipes 2002 to 2004 may also be displayed in ranking order, that is, in descending order of the number of times they have been produced. In this way, by displaying the information in a hierarchical ranking manner, the user can easily select his/her favorite drink. Note that the user can check other recipes by pressing the "See more 'Vanilla' recipes" button 2005.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide an apparatus in which a user receiving a drink can easily select a drink to be produced based on a predetermined category related to drinks.

<Other embodiments>
Although the present embodiment has been described on the assumption that there is one category for displaying beverage information, in one example, beverage information may be displayed by specifying a plurality of categories. For example, if barista (inventor) and flavor are specified as categories, the number of times the barista and flavor are the same for one or more recipes may be calculated and the beverage information may be displayed. As a result, beverage information can be displayed by arbitrarily combining categories that are important to the user, so it is possible to provide an apparatus in which the user receiving the beverage can easily select the beverage to be produced.

As exemplified above, the display mode of the ranking display may be different for each category. For example, in the case of category A (for example, recipe ranking display diagram 28), the top rankings are displayed at the top of the screen, as the rankings decrease, the bottom of the screen is displayed, and if you want to display information on lower rankings, use the up and down scrolls. In the case of another category B (e.g. barista ranking display in Figure 29), the top rankings are displayed on the left side of the screen, as the rankings decrease, the right side of the screen, and if you want to display information on lower rankings, By using left and right scrolling to search, not only the text information but also the operation mode changes, which may make it easier for the user to understand which category ranking display is being viewed. As another example, for example, in the case of category A (for example, the ranking display diagram 28 by recipe), a certain number of options (5 in FIG. 28) are displayed at once, and for another category B (for example, the ranking display diagram by barista). In the case of 29), a different number of options (three in FIG. 29) may be displayed at once to change the display mode.

Although FIG. 25A shows an example of the beverage information DB 1303a that can be registered by the administrator, recipes can be created by the administrator, the user, or a person requested by the administrator (for example, a barista) using the additional drawing screen. , may be added to the beverage information DB 1303a.

In this case, some fields such as the above-mentioned "priority" field, "order information" field, and "name" field cannot be registered by users or baristas, and only the administrator can register or modify them through administrator operations. Good too. Of course, the user may be allowed to register and modify these fields.

In addition, FIG. 25A shows that not all recipes registered in the beverage information DB 1303a that can be registered by the administrator can be used by the user for beverage production, and each recipe has a permission/permission field such as a "permission" field. A field is provided to set disapproval, and only recipes with a value of "permitted" in the "permitted" field can be used by the user for beverage production, and recipes with the value of "disapproval" can be used by the user for beverage production. It is also possible to make it impossible to do so. Alternatively, only recipes whose value in the "permitted" field is "allowed" may be displayed for the user to select, and recipes whose value is "disallowed" may not be displayed in the user selection display. Specifically, a "store" field is prepared in each row of FIG. If the administrator registers the field value as "Store A" and the value of the "Store" field with recipe ID "3" as "Store B", then in store A, recipe ID "1" will be selected as a recipe that can be selected by the user. and the information of the recipe ID "2" are displayed so that the user can select it, and in store B, the information of the recipe ID "2" is displayed as a recipe that the user can select so that the user can select it. Good too. In another example, the restriction on selectable recipes based on the registered contents of the "permission" field and "store" field described above may also be applied to ranking displays showing various examples.

<Summary of embodiments>
The above embodiments disclose at least the following devices.

1. The control device (for example, 1202, 1203) of the above embodiment is
a first reception means for accepting from a user a specification of a category of a beverage manufactured by the beverage manufacturing department;
acquisition means for acquiring beverage information corresponding to the category received by the first reception means from a storage unit;
Display means for displaying the beverage information acquired by the acquisition means;
a second reception means that receives from a user a designation of one of the beverage information displayed on the display means;
Output means for outputting a beverage manufacturing instruction to a beverage manufacturing department based on the first beverage information selected by the second reception means;
has
The display means displays a ranking of the plurality of beverage information corresponding to the category.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving a drink to easily select a drink to be produced.

2. In the above control device,
The display means performs ranking display by displaying the plurality of beverage information according to the number of times the beverage information has been selected by the user in the past.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide an apparatus in which a user receiving drinks can easily select a drink to be produced by displaying a ranking.

3. In the above control device,
The first and second receiving means accept specifications from a plurality of users.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving beverages to easily select a beverage to be produced based on specifications from a plurality of users.

4. In the above control device,
The acquisition means acquires user information including at least one of age and gender of a user of the beverage manufacturing apparatus from the storage unit,
The display means displays the beverage information in consideration of the user information.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that makes it easy to select the beverage to be produced based on information about the user receiving the beverage.

5. In the above control device,
The ranking display is performed based on information collected from the plurality of beverage manufacturing departments.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving a drink to easily select a drink to be produced.

6. In the above control device,
The beverage information includes at least one of information on raw materials for manufacturing the beverage, information on a manufacturing recipe regarding a method for manufacturing the beverage, and information on at least one creator of the manufacturing recipe.

According to this embodiment, it is possible to provide a device that allows a user who receives a beverage to easily select a beverage to manufacture based on at least one of raw material information, manufacturing recipe information, and creator information. There are cases where it is possible.

7. In the above control device,
The instruction is given to the beverage manufacturing section of the beverage manufacturing device.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving a drink to easily select a drink to be produced.

8. The method of the above embodiment includes:
a first reception step in which a user specifies a category of a beverage manufactured by the beverage manufacturing department;
an acquisition step of acquiring beverage information corresponding to the category received in the first reception step from a storage unit;
a display step of displaying the beverage information acquired in the acquisition step;
a second reception step of accepting from a user a designation of one of the beverage information displayed in the display step;
an output step of outputting a beverage manufacturing instruction to a beverage manufacturing department based on the first beverage information selected in the second reception step;
including;
In the display step, a plurality of pieces of beverage information corresponding to the category are displayed in a ranking manner.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving a drink to easily select a drink to be produced.

9. The program of the embodiment described above causes a computer to function as each means of the control device described in any one of the embodiments 1 to 7 above.

According to this embodiment, it may be possible to provide a device that allows a user receiving a drink to easily select a drink to be produced.

Next, we will explain how to convey information about beverages to users in a way that is as easy to understand as possible.

FIG. 31 is a block diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1.

The control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 is the same as the control device 11 shown in FIG. 10, and has a processing section 11a, a storage section 11b, and an I/F section 11c, as shown in FIG. The manufacturing unit 18 shown in FIG. 31 is a combination of the actuator group 14 and the sensor group 13 shown in FIG. 10, and a coffee beverage is manufactured by driving the actuator group 14. Note that the production of a coffee beverage referred to herein has a broad meaning, and in addition to the transmission extraction (step S17) shown in FIG. ~S16) is also included. Further, the preheating process S1, the grinding process (step S2), and the discharge process S4 shown in FIG. 11 are also included.

The information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31 is the same as the information display device 12 shown in FIG. It is possible to accept operations from consumers. That is, in this information display device 12, the display screen becomes the reception section 122. The information display device 12 also includes a control section 121 and a photographing section 123. Like the control device 11, the control unit 121 includes a processing unit 121a, a storage unit 121b, and an I/F unit 121c. The processing section 121a controls the receiving section 122 and the photographing section 123. The photographing unit 123 is a camera, and generates still image photographing data and moving image photographing data. The control unit 121 receives a reception signal corresponding to the operation from the reception unit 122. Upon receiving the acceptance signal, the control unit 121 transmits an instruction signal to the control device 11 to instruct execution of processing according to the acceptance signal. In the control device 11, the processing section 11a transmits a control signal to the actuator group 14 in the manufacturing section 18 in response to the instruction signal, and controls the driving of the actuator group 14. Further, the control device 11 transmits a response signal indicating that driving of the actuator group 14 is completed to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. In the control unit 121, the processing unit 121a transmits to the reception unit 122 a control signal instructing to perform an operation acceptance display indicating that the operation has been accepted, a completion display based on reception of a response signal, etc. The control unit 121 also receives photographic data from the photographing unit 123 and stores it in the storage unit 121b.

The I/F section 121c of the control section 121 includes an input/output interface that inputs and outputs signals between an external device and the processing section 121a. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 31, the I/F unit 121c in the information display device 12 includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 shown in FIG. 31 is capable of communicating with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via the communication network 15.

Furthermore, the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 31 includes an atmospheric pressure sensor 124. The atmospheric pressure sensor 124 detects the atmospheric pressure at the location where the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed, and outputs the detection result as a sensor signal. The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 acquires the sensor signal.

On the other hand, the control device 11 acquires a monitor signal representing the driving status etc. from the actuator group 14. The control device 11 also acquires sensor signals from the sensor group 13 in the manufacturing department 18 . The control device 11 monitors the manufacturing status of the coffee beverage in the manufacturing section 18 by acquiring monitor signals and sensor signals, and transmits monitoring results based on the monitor signals and sensor signals to the control section 121. The monitoring result may be a monitor signal or a sensor signal itself. Alternatively, if a monitor signal or sensor signal represents a certain value, that certain value may be converted to another value and used as the monitoring result, or information obtained from that certain value may be used as the monitoring result. good. For example, the monitoring result may be information indicating whether a certain value exceeds a threshold value. However, it is not preferable that the processing load on the processing section 11a increases in order to obtain monitoring results based on monitor signals and sensor signals.

As explained above, the response signal and the monitoring result are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control section 121 of the information display device 12. These response signals and monitoring results correspond to a so-called log, and are stored in the storage section 121b of the control section 121. Note that some logs are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 at predetermined intervals (for example, at intervals of 500 msec).

FIG. 32 is a diagram showing the information display device 12 on which a recipe list is displayed.

A list of recipes is displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. This recipe list display screen may be the home screen of the display section of the information display device 12, or may be a selection screen selected from menu items that are expanded when the menu button 120m displayed at the top right is tapped. Good too.

In the recipe list shown in FIG. 32, three recipes are simply displayed. When the previous page icon 120b displayed at the left end is tapped, the three recipes on the previous page are displayed in a simplified manner, and when the next page icon 120f displayed at the right end is tapped, the three recipes on the next page are displayed in a simplified manner. In FIG. 32, the recipe Re1 with the recipe name "Daito Blend" is displayed in a simplified manner on the left, the recipe Re2 with the recipe name "Pakamara Morning" is displayed in the center, and the recipe name "G Shop Original" is displayed on the right. Recipe Re3 is displayed in a simple manner. These three recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 have all been created recently, and the word "NEW" indicating that they are new recipes is displayed in the upper right corner.

Here, some parts of the recipe overlap with the previous explanations, but I will explain them again. The recipe includes information on various manufacturing conditions for manufacturing the beverage, bean information, recipe creator information, and the like. That is, the recipe is used for some or all of the steps in manufacturing the beverage. This recipe is managed in a database as shown in FIG. 25 in the server 1201 shown in FIG. 23 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31). In addition, recipes are stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device in each beverage manufacturing device 1. Similar to the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, this storage unit 121b may manage recipes as a database, or may simply store them. Further, the storage unit 121b may continue to store the recipe, or may acquire the recipe from the server 16 before manufacturing the beverage and store it only while the beverage is being manufactured. After that, the recipe may be deleted from the storage unit 121b. Alternatively, the storage unit 121b stores only part of the recipe information (for example, bean information and recipe creator information), and before manufacturing the beverage, the remaining information of the recipe ( For example, after obtaining the information on manufacturing conditions and manufacturing the beverage, the remaining information may be deleted from the storage unit 121b. The recipe stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device is encrypted.

The bean information and creator information included in the recipe are displayed when the user selects a drink. The manufacturing condition information is parameters (setting values) used in some or all of the steps of manufacturing the beverage. The processing section 11a of the control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 refers to the storage section 121b of the information display device 12 and controls the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 according to the parameters. For example, the processing unit 11a controls the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. control the drive of

In each recipe Re1, Re2, and Re3, a production area display Rm indicating the production area of the beans is displayed in the upper left corner. A name display Rb representing the name of the bean is displayed below the production area display Rm. Below the name display Rb, a roasting degree display Rr indicating the degree of roasting of the beans is graphically displayed. Further, below that, icons Rih and Ric indicating type 1 (whether the beverage is a hot beverage or an iced beverage) described using FIG. 25 are displayed. Note that an icon indicating Type 2 (type information indicating the flavor of the beverage) described using FIG. 25 may also be displayed. In any of the recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 shown in FIG. 32, the hot beverage icon Rih is lit, and the iced beverage icon Ric is grayed out. Furthermore, a size icon Ris representing the cup size is also displayed at the right end. A recipe name display Rn is displayed in the vertical center of the recipe, and below it an image Im is displayed together with the name of the recipe creator. This image Im is an image of the recipe creator (inventor in FIG. 25(A)). In the recipe Re1 of "Daito Blend" on the left side, a face image Im is displayed together with the name of the barista "M.FFFFFF". In the center recipe Re2 of "Pakamara Morning", a face image Im is displayed together with the name of the barista "S.VVVV". In the recipe Re3 of "G Shop Original" on the right side, the name "Taro Koda" of the G Shop manager and an image Im of his face are displayed. At the bottom, the price Pr of the coffee drink with that recipe name is displayed.

Tap the displayed recipe to display the details of that recipe.

FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a screen that is displayed when the recipe Re1 of "daito blend" on the left side is tapped on the display screen shown in FIG. 32.

Recipe information based on a recipe card (see FIG. 44), which will be described later, is displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 33. Here, recipe information for "Daito Blend" is displayed. Compared to the simple displayed recipe Re1 shown in FIG. 32, details of taste such as bitterness display Ra1 and sourness display Ra2 are displayed graphically. Additionally, the recipe creator's comment Rc is also displayed. Furthermore, along with the image Im, an introduction Rh of the recipe creator is also displayed on this screen. Image Im in FIG. 33 is an image of the creator of this recipe. In addition, a paid icon Rip indicating that this recipe is a paid recipe is also displayed in the upper right corner. The paid icon Rip shown in FIG. 33 indicates that a charge has been made. The Daito Blend recipe is a paid recipe made available to the public with usage restrictions that prevent it from being used without paying a fee. Public disclosure here means, for example, that recipe information as shown in FIG. 33 is automatically sent to information display devices 12 located around the world via the server 1201 shown in FIG. This means that you can know the outline of the recipe only on the recipe screen (the same applies below). However, all parameters necessary for manufacturing will not be made public. Note that public disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned store management screen, but may also mean disclosure on a screen that can also be viewed by store customers, or disclosure on the server 1201 rather than automatic transmission. It may also be possible to view recipe information from each store (the same applies below). Paid recipes will be displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32 only when the store or the like charges the store and cancels the usage restrictions. Then, for the recipe whose usage restrictions have been lifted, the paid icon Rip is displayed on the recipe information display screen of FIG. 33 to show the customer that the recipe is a paid recipe, thereby making it possible to appeal to the customer the premium feeling. Note that even paid recipes whose usage restrictions have not been lifted may be displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32, but in this case, the recipe information display screen may not be displayed. , or even if it is displayed, the extraction icon 120e, which will be described later, is not displayed and extraction becomes impossible.

Furthermore, a menu button 120m is provided at the top right of the screen, and a return icon 120r1 and an extraction icon 120e are provided at the bottom of the screen. When the return icon 120r1 is tapped, the screen returns to the recipe list screen shown in FIG. 32. The extraction icon 120e displays the price of the coffee beverage with this recipe name. Note that the price of the coffee beverage may be included in the recipe for the coffee beverage, or may be stored separately from the recipe. For example, the price may be stored in the storage unit 121b in association with the recipe.
When the extraction icon 120e is tapped, accounting information is sent to a point of sale (POS) system (not shown), and accounting processing is executed in the POS system. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started.

Next, recipe creation will be explained. Recipe creation is performed using a recipe management application installed in the information display device 12.

FIG. 34 is a diagram showing the information display device 12 on which a list of recipe management applications is displayed.

A list of recipe management applications is displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. This recipe management application list display screen is a screen that is selected from menu items that are expanded when the menu button 120m displayed on the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 32 is tapped (see FIG. 56). Note that if the return icon 120r2 displayed in the upper right corner is tapped, the screen returns to the screen on which the recipe list is displayed, as shown in FIG. 32.

Three recipe management applications, such as expert, tour, and standard, are installed in the information display device 12, and these recipe management applications are executed by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31. An expert icon 120ei, a tour icon 120ti, and a standard icon 120si are displayed on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 34, respectively. The Expert and Standard recipe management applications will be described later, but here we will explain how to create a new recipe using the Tour recipe management application. To start the tour recipe management application, tap the tour icon 120ti displayed in the center.

FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a startup screen of the tour recipe management application.

In the tour's recipe management application, recipes are created in an interactive manner. Hereinafter, the creation of a new recipe will be referred to as a tour after the application name. The startup screen displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. It is displayed that the information is saved in a database constructed in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 shown in FIG. Furthermore, two newly created icons 120ni and an interrupted icon 120si are displayed at the bottom of this startup screen. When the interrupted icon 120si shown in FIG. 35 is tapped, the tour that was interrupted due to input or selection of information is restarted. When the new creation icon 120ni is tapped, the tour starts. Note that if the return icon 120r3 displayed in the upper right corner is tapped, the screen returns to the screen on which the list of recipe management applications is displayed, as shown in FIG. 34.

The tour consists of five stages, and the fifth and final stage is the completion of the tour, that is, the completion of a new recipe. The first stage is the setting of the extraction method, which is the setting of parameters related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25(A). The second step is the input or selection of bean information, which is the setting of parameters related to raw material information shown in FIG. 25(A). The third step is input or selection of barista information, which is the setting of parameters stored in the user information DB 1303b shown in FIG. 25(B). The fourth step is to create a recipe card.

FIG. 36 is a diagram showing an explanation screen for setting the first stage extraction method.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 36, a display screen with extraction method settings and text displayed is displayed. A progress chart PC is displayed on this display screen so that the progress of the tour can be seen. From the progress chart PC shown in FIG. 36, it can be seen at a glance that the current stage is the first stage. In addition, "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus." is displayed as an explanatory text regarding the setting of the first-stage extraction method. Although this explanatory text is written in a way that is easy for users to understand, the "movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus" is determined by various parameters related to the manufacturing method. The recipe includes various parameters related to the manufacturing method, and a collection of various parameters related to the manufacturing method (“manufacturing method” shown in FIG. 25(A)) corresponds to the parameters configuring the recipe. Therefore, the explanatory text regarding the settings of the extraction method, ``This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing apparatus.'', corresponds to an explanation of the parameters.

On the explanation screen shown in FIG. 36, the tour is interrupted by tapping the interruption icon Si1 located in the upper right corner. On the other hand, when the next icon Nx1 located at the bottom is tapped, the screen shifts to an input screen for parameters related to the manufacturing method.

FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting the grinding particle size of beans, which is one of the parameters in grinding.

Input of parameters related to the manufacturing method in the tour is divided into six steps: grinding, steaming, main hot water supply, pressurization, stirring, and cup delivery. When inputting the parameters for grinding, the amount of beans (g), the grinding particle size of the beans (μm), and the chaff removal strength (chaff removal rate) (%) are input. On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 37, the fact that parameters for grinding are currently being input is notified by changing the color of the grinding icon Gi. Further, on the left side of this screen, an animation AM is displayed that schematically shows a part of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1. In this animation AM, a schematic diagram 5M of the crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 2, a schematic diagram 6M of the separation device 6, a schematic diagram 9M of the extraction container 9, and a schematic diagram CM of the cup C shown in FIG. 3 are displayed. On the screen shown in FIG. 37, coffee beans are being ground in a schematic diagram 5M of the grinding device 5, and this animation AM also indicates that parameters for grinding are being input. ing. Further, on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 37, the input of the amount of beans has been completed, and the input of the ground particle size of the beans has been performed. On the right side of the screen, it is displayed that the input range of the grinding particle size is 250 μm or more and 500 μm or less, and below that, a minus icon Mi and a plus icon Pi are placed between the parameter display PP, which is the current input value. Displayed. When the minus icon mi is tapped once, the parameter display PP is subtracted by 1, and when the plus icon pi is tapped once, the parameter display PP is increased by 1. The user taps the minus icon Mi or the plus icon Pi and inputs a desired value for the grinding grain size parameter within the inputtable range.

Although the screen for accepting input of parameters shown in FIG. 37 does not display an explanation of the parameters, for example, the explanatory text "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment" shown in FIG. 36 may be displayed in FIG. Alternatively, an explanatory text for each parameter such as "This is the particle size of the ground beans in the grinding device." may be displayed.

On the parameter input screen, an interrupt icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and an end icon EN1 and a save icon NX2 are arranged below. When you tap the interruption icon Si2, the tour is interrupted, and the parameters input or selected on the displayed screen are saved in the storage section 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage section of this information display device 12. 121b (the same applies to the following description). On the other hand, by tapping the end icon EN1, it is possible to end the tour without saving the parameters input or selected on the displayed screen in the database (the same applies in the following description). When the save icon NX2 is tapped, the parameters input or selected on the displayed screen are saved as setting values in the database, and the screen moves to the next screen (the same applies in the following explanation). The screen following the screen shown in FIG. 37 is a parameter input screen for steaming. When inputting parameters for steaming, the amount of steaming water (g) and steaming time (seconds) for steaming beans are input.

Note that the explanation of the parameter input screen after steaming is omitted, but when inputting the parameters for main hot water supply, the total amount of hot water extracted (injected hot water amount) (g), the first main hot water supply amount (g), and 1 Enter the waiting time (seconds) after the first hot water supply. In the input of parameters for pressurization, the extraction pressure (bar), extraction time (seconds), first pressure reduction (bar), and waiting time after the first pressure reduction (seconds) are input. When inputting parameters for stirring, the pre-rotation resting time (seconds), shaking pattern, and post-rotation resting time (seconds) are input. When inputting parameters for cup delivery, the delivery pressure (bar) is entered. There are other parameters related to the manufacturing method, and in the tour, a smaller number of parameters are input than when creating a new recipe using an expert recipe management application, which will be described later. On the other hand, in a tour, a larger number of parameters are input than in creating a new recipe using a standard recipe management application, which will be described later. Note that in the tour, the same number of parameters may be input as when creating a new recipe using the standard recipe management application, or a smaller number of parameters may be input.

When the settings for the extraction method are completed, a response message such as ``Setting of the extraction method is complete.'' may be displayed on the display section of the information display device 12. You may also display an explanatory text such as "Completed." Note that instead of displaying the message ``This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment'' shown in Figure 36 first, the explanatory text ``This completes the settings for the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment.'' is displayed after completion. You may.

FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting bean information at the second stage.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 38, a display screen on which information and characters are displayed is displayed. A progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and you can see at a glance that you are currently in the second stage. Further, "This is information about the bean you want to use." is displayed as an explanatory text regarding the input or selection of bean information in the second stage. Again, the information is written to be easy for the user to understand, but the "information on the beans you want to use" is determined by various parameters related to raw material information. A recipe includes various parameters related to raw material information, and a collection of various parameters related to raw material information ("raw material information" shown in FIG. 25(A)) corresponds to the parameters configuring the recipe. Therefore, the explanatory text for inputting or selecting bean information, ``This is information about the bean you want to use.'', also corresponds to the parameter explanation.

Furthermore, in the screen shown in FIG. 38, a new creation icon Ni1 and a selection icon Se1 are arranged on the left side. The color of the new creation icon Ni1 shown in FIG. 38 has changed, indicating that the new creation icon Ni1 has been tapped. When the new icon Ni1 is tapped, new information will be created. The screen shown in Figure 38 includes an input field B1 for inputting the name of the bean, an input field B2 for inputting the country of origin of the bean, an input field B3 for inputting the farm where the bean was harvested, and an input field B3 for inputting the farm where the bean was harvested. Displayed are an input field B4 for inputting the altitude at which the beans were harvested, an input field B5 for inputting the variety of the beans, and an input field B6 for inputting the refining method of the beans. In FIG. 38, input has been completed in all of these input fields B1 to B6. When inputting, if you tap any input field to input, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) appears on the display screen (see FIG. 46), and characters can be input. Below the input field, multiple cells are arranged in a horizontal line, and the cell on the left indicates that the beans are lightly roasted, and the cell on the right indicates that the beans are darkly roasted. A roasting degree display section B7, which is indicated by position, is provided.

As explained above, the screen shown in Fig. 38 displays parameter explanations such as "This is information about the beans you want to use." and parameters such as input fields B1 to B6 for inputting bean information and roasting degree display section B7. A display that accepts input is also displayed. Note that the display of the explanation of parameters related to the manufacturing method, such as "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment" shown in FIG. 36, and the display of accepting input of parameters related to the manufacturing method in FIG. 37 are displayed on separate screens (displayed at different timings). However, they may be displayed on the same screen (displayed simultaneously) as shown in FIG. 38. Further, the display of the explanation of the parameters shown in FIG. 38 and the display of accepting the input of the parameters related to the raw material information may be displayed on separate screens (displayed at different timings).

In the screen shown in FIG. 38 as well, an interruption icon Si2 is arranged in the upper right corner, and an end icon EN1 and a save icon NX2 are arranged below.

FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a screen for selecting the second stage of bean information.

A progress chart PC is also displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 39, and it can be seen at a glance that the current stage is at the second stage. Also displayed is a parameter explanation such as "Information about the beans you want to use." In the screen shown in FIG. 39, the color of the selection icon Se1 among the newly created icon Ni1 and the selection icon Se1 has changed, indicating that the selection icon Se1 has been tapped. When the selection icon Se1 is tapped, the user selects the bean information from existing data. Existing data includes the name of the bean, the country of origin of the bean, the farm where the bean was harvested, the altitude at which the bean was harvested, the variety of the bean, the method of refining the bean, and the degree of roasting of the bean. The data will include parameters. The screen shown in FIG. 39 displays an existing data display B8 in which existing data is displayed line by line. In the existing data display B8 in FIG. 39, the color of the second existing data from the top (the existing data whose name is "αβγ Geisha") has changed, indicating that this existing data has been selected. When you tap the save icon NX2 shown in Figure 39, each parameter included in the existing data selected on the displayed screen will be saved as a setting value in the database, and the screen will move to the third step, a screen for inputting or selecting barista information. do.

FIG. 40 is a diagram showing a screen for inputting varistor information in the third stage.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 40, a display screen on which varistor information and characters are displayed is displayed. A progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and you can see at a glance that you are currently in the third stage. Further, as an explanatory text regarding input or selection of barista information in the third stage, "This is information about the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." is displayed. It is also used for ranking here. This means that the parameters input or selected here are displayed in the ranking display described using FIG. 29. A recipe includes various parameters related to the recipe creator, and a collection of various parameters related to the recipe creator (one is "inventor" shown in FIG. 25(A)) corresponds to the parameters configuring the recipe. Therefore, the explanatory text regarding the input or selection of barista information, ``This is the recipe creator's information. It is also used for ranking.'', also corresponds to the parameter explanation.

Also, on the screen shown in FIG. 40, a new creation icon Ni2 and a selection icon Se2 are arranged on the left side. The color of the new creation icon Ni2 shown in FIG. 40 has changed, indicating that the new creation icon Ni2 has been tapped. Tapping the new icon Ni2 will create new barista information. The screen shown in FIG. 40 displays a character input field H1 for inputting the recipe creator's name and a character input field H2 for inputting the recipe creator's comment. In FIG. 40, no input has been made in these character input fields H1 and H2. When inputting information, as with the input of trivial information explained earlier, when you tap on any input field you wish to input, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) will appear on the display screen (see Figure 46), and you will be able to input characters. It becomes possible. Further, on the screen shown in FIG. 40, an image taken by a camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12 is displayed in an image input field H3. Next to the image input field H3, text is displayed urging the user to tap the shutter button Shu to take a photo and confirm the shot image.

As explained above, the screen shown in Figure 40 displays parameter explanations such as "Recipe creator information. Also used for ranking", text input fields H1 and H2 for inputting barista information, and images. A display for accepting parameter input, such as an input field H3, is also displayed.

In the screen shown in FIG. 40 as well, an interruption icon Si2 is arranged at the upper right corner, and an end icon EN1 and a save icon NX2 are arranged at the bottom. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. It is saved in the database as a file and included in the recipe. Note that the photographed image may be saved separately from the recipe, but even in this case, it is saved in association with the recipe.

FIG. 41(a) is a flowchart showing a recipe creation method on the screen for inputting barista information shown in FIG.

The recipe creation method here first executes a start step (step SH1) of displaying a screen for inputting barista information shown in FIG. 40 on the display section of the information display device 12. As described above, the barista information input screen shown in FIG. Corresponds to the screen.

Next, while the screen for inputting barista information shown in FIG. 40 is displayed, a photographing step (step SH2) of photographing with the camera 1230 is executed. That is, while displaying the image shot by the camera 1230 in the image input field H3 provided on the screen shown in FIG. 40, the user taps the shutter button Shu to confirm the shot image. In FIG. 40, the recipe creator is photographed, but instead of the recipe creator, the person who introduced the recipe may be photographed, or the person who drank the beverage of the recipe may be photographed. Furthermore, not only people but also objects (for example, coffee beans in the bean information of this recipe) may be photographed. Furthermore, by pressing and holding the shutter button Shu for a long time, it may be possible to shoot not only still images but also moving images. For example, the photographed image may be a video explaining the coffee bean farm of the bean information for this recipe.

Subsequently, by tapping the save icon NX2, a save step (step SH3) is executed. In this storage step (step SH3), the image photographed in the photographing step (step SH2) is associated with parameters such as the name of the recipe creator and the comments of the recipe creator, and is stored in the server 1201 (described using FIG. 23). The information is stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 provided with the camera 1230.

Further, the recipe creation technique described above can be used as software.

FIG. 41(b) is a schematic diagram showing an overview of the recipe creation program.

The recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. The recipe creation program operates as a creation device, and displays on the information display device 12 an acquisition means RP11 for acquiring a recipe to be used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage, and one of the recipes acquired by the acquisition means RP11. This is a program for constructing a display control means RP12 that displays part or all of the recipe on a display screen, and a storage control means RP13 that stores an image taken by the camera 1230 in association with a recipe.

The storage control unit RP13 associates the image taken by the camera 1230 with the recipe and stores it in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12. It is something.

In the above description,
“An acquisition unit [for example, the information display device 12 or the processing unit 121a] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, ground particle size of beans, amount of steaming water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of hot water injected), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition Pressure hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the beans, country of origin of the beans, degree of roasting of the beans, name of the recipe creator, etc.) [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. etc.]; a processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a];
A manufacturing means that operates according to the process executed by the processing means to manufacture a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (the crushing device 5 and the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3)],
A photographing means for photographing an image [for example, camera 1230],
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
The image photographed by the photographing means can be stored in association with the recipe [for example, it can be stored in the storage section 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage section 121b of this information display device 12. ] is,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
explained.

Note that manufacturing a beverage as referred to herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final manufacturing of the beverage, but also preparations before final manufacturing, manufacturing of intermediates, and the like.

Further, there may be a plurality of types of manufacturing means, and the recipe may include parameters for each of the plurality of types of manufacturing means, or there may be a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means, and the recipe may include: It may include multiple types of parameters for one manufacturing method.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from a server via a communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit that acquires a recipe including parameters [for example, the information display device 12 or the I/F unit 11c] and a processing unit that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14, the manufacturing unit 18], The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control section [for example, the control device 11 or the processing section 11a] that controls the processing section according to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition section.

Further, the image stored in association with the recipe may be a still image or a moving image. For example, the image may be a video explaining the beverage (more specifically, a video explaining the farm of coffee beans that is the raw material for the beverage).

Further, the image stored in association with the recipe may be an image of a person or an image of an object (for example, coffee beans).

Also,
``Equipped with display means for displaying part or all of the recipe [for example, the display section of the information display device 12],
The display means, while displaying part or all of the recipe, also displays an image stored in association with the recipe [for example, displaying the image Im in the recipe information shown in FIG. 33, or The image Im is displayed in the simple displayed recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 shown in FIG. 32.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Equipped with display means [for example, the display section of the information display device 12] that displays a selection display for selecting one drink from a plurality of drinks [for example, the display of the recipe list shown in FIG. 32],
The processing means executes a process for manufacturing a beverage by referring to parameters included in a recipe for the beverage selected in the selection display [for example, the beverage for which the recipe information display shown in FIG. 33 is displayed]. For example, when the extraction icon 120e shown in FIG. 33 is tapped,
The display means displays, for each beverage in the selection display, an image stored in association with a recipe for the beverage [for example, displaying the image Im in the simple displayed recipes Re1, Re2, and Re3 shown in FIG. to do]
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

The display means may display, for each drink in the selection display, an image stored in association with a recipe for the drink as the introducer of the recipe, It may also be displayed as a person.

Also,
``For each beverage in the selection display, the display means displays an image stored in association with a recipe for the beverage as the creator of the recipe [for example, the simple displayed recipe Re1 shown in FIG. 32, In Re2 and Re3, the image Im is displayed along with the barista's name.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The manufacturing means is one that processes the extraction target [for example, the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3],
The recipe includes information to be extracted [for example, bean information],
The display means also displays, for each beverage in the selection display, information on the extraction target included in the recipe of the beverage [for example, production area display Rm, name display Rb, roasting degree display Rr],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
"The display means also displays, for each beverage in the selection display, the price of the beverage [for example, the price Pr of a coffee beverage].
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the price of the beverage may be included in the recipe for the beverage, or may be stored in the storage unit separately from the recipe.

Also,
“The display means displays a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe [for example, a new recipe creation display using a tour recipe management application (FIGS. 34 to 47)],
The photographing means performs photographing while the display means is displaying the recipe creation display [for example, the barista information input screen shown in FIG. 40];
An image photographed by the photographing means while the display means is displaying the recipe creation display can be stored in association with a recipe completed using the recipe creation display [for example, on the server 1201 (see FIG. 31). can be stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Equipped with a storage means that stores the recipe [for example, the storage section 121b of the information display device 12],
The acquisition means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the recipe from the storage means,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above includes "an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
processing means for performing processing for manufacturing a beverage with reference to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means;
a manufacturing means that operates to produce a beverage according to a process performed by the processing means;
a photographing means for photographing an image;
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
An image photographed by the photographing means can be included in the recipe and saved;
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”, and the features of the beverage manufacturing device described above can be applied to this beverage manufacturing device.

In addition, the beverage manufacturing apparatus described above is an apparatus equipped with an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage, and a photographing means for photographing an image, and the apparatus comprises: A device that is capable of storing an image taken by a device in association with the recipe.''The features of the beverage manufacturing device described above may be applied to this device. I can do it.

Also, in the above description,
"Parameters for producing a beverage [for example, beans volume, grinding particle size of beans, steaming water volume, steaming time, extracted hot water volume (injected water volume), 1st main hot water supply volume, 2nd main hot water supply volume, pressurized hot water supply volume, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, after rotation A method for creating a recipe containing information such as resting time, delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the bean, country of origin of the bean, degree of roasting of the bean, name of the recipe creator, etc.
a starting step [for example, step SH1 shown in FIG. 41] of starting display of a recipe creation display used when creating the recipe, including input about the parameters, on the display means;
a photographing step of photographing with the photographing means while the recipe creation display is displayed on the display means [for example, step SH2 shown in FIG. 41];
a storage step [for example, step SH3 shown in FIG. 41] in which the image photographed in the photographing step is stored in a storage means in association with the completed recipe using the recipe creation display;
A recipe creation method [for example, the recipe creation method shown in FIG. 41]. ”
Also explained.

Note that the photographing in the photographing step is performed by clicking on the display instructing to photograph in the recipe creation display [for example, "Take a photograph" displayed on the barista information input screen shown in Figure 40. Photographing may be performed with a text displaying the message "Please take a look. If you agree, please tap the shutter button."

Furthermore, the photographing in the photographing step may be of a person or of an object. When photographing a person, the person may be a person related to the recipe currently being created; for example, the person may be the creator of the recipe or the person who introduced the recipe. Furthermore, when photographing an object, it may be a raw material (for example, coffee beans) for a drink of a recipe that is currently being created.

The storage means in the storage step may be the storage means in the beverage manufacturing apparatus, or may be a server connected via a communication network.

In addition, "the program is executed in a device [for example, the information display device 12] that includes a processing section [for example, the processing section 121a] that executes a program and a photographing means [for example, the camera 1230] that photographs an image; A recipe creation program that operates as a recipe creation device,
On the device,
Acquisition means [for example, acquisition means RP11 shown in FIG. 41(b)] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
A recipe creation program [for example, Recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. 41(b)]. ”.

Further, "The device includes a display means [for example, a display section of the information display device 12],
On the device,
A recipe creation program characterized in that a display control means (for example, display control means RP12 shown in FIG. 41(b)) is configured to display part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means on the display means. ”.

Furthermore, in the above description, any constituent elements expressed as ~means can be replaced with ~parts.

FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a screen for selecting the third stage of barista information.

A progress chart PC is also displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 42, and it can be seen at a glance that the current stage is at the third stage. Additionally, an explanation of the parameter is also displayed, such as "Information about the recipe creator. Also used for ranking." In the screen shown in FIG. 42, the color of the selection icon Se2 among the newly created icon Ni2 and the selection icon Se2 has changed, indicating that the selection icon Se2 has been tapped. When the selection icon Se2 is tapped, the barista information is selected from existing data. The existing data includes parameters such as the name of the recipe creator, comments of the recipe creator, and photographed images. The screen shown in FIG. 42 displays an existing data display H4 in which existing data is displayed line by line. In the existing data display H4 in FIG. 42, the color of the second existing data from the top (the existing data whose recipe creator name is "B.VVVV") has changed, indicating that this existing data has been selected. ing. In the screen shown in FIG. 42, no photographed images are displayed in the existing data display H4, but when a swipe operation is performed toward the right, photographed images are displayed line by line. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 42 is tapped, each parameter included in the existing data selected on the displayed screen is saved as a setting value in the database, and the screen shifts to the fourth stage recipe card creation screen.

FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a start screen for recipe card creation at the fourth stage.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 43, a display screen is displayed with characters indicating the creation of a recipe card. A progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and you can see at a glance that you have reached the fourth stage. The screen shown in FIG. 43 is a start screen explaining that a recipe card will now be created. On this start screen, the tour is interrupted by tapping the interruption icon Si1 located in the upper right corner. On the other hand, when the next icon Nx1 located at the bottom is tapped, the screen shifts to a recipe card input screen.

FIG. 44 is a diagram showing a recipe card input screen.

The recipe card is the source of the recipe information explained using FIG. 33. The recipe card displays some of the parameters that have been input so far, and also displays an input field for parameters that can be input on this input screen. A recipe name input field R1 for inputting a recipe name is provided below the character display of the recipe card. The recipe name is a parameter input on the input screen of this recipe card. Below the recipe name input field R1, there are provided a bitterness display section R2 that graphically represents the bitterness of the coffee beverage produced according to this recipe, and a sourness display section R3 that graphically represents the sourness of the coffee beverage produced according to this recipe. Both the bitterness display section R2 and the sourness display section R3 express bitterness or sourness in five levels using five cells R2s and R3s arranged on the circumference, and when you tap either cell, the tapped cell The number of levels according to the position of is displayed in the center. Furthermore, the display mode of each cell changes clockwise up to the tapped cell.

In the upper right corner, two icons Rih and Ric indicating type 1 (whether the beverage is a hot beverage or an iced beverage) described using FIG. 25 are displayed. Tapping either icon will turn it on, and the other icon will be grayed out. In FIG. 44, the icon Rih indicating a hot beverage is tapped and lights up, and the icon Ric indicating an iced beverage is grayed out. A size icon Ris representing the cup size is also displayed. When you tap the size icon Ris, the icon type changes in the order of espresso size, S size, M size, L size, espresso size, S size, etc. In FIG. 44, the size icon Ris is M size. Furthermore, a paid icon Rip indicating that this recipe is a paid recipe is also displayed on the right end. When you tap the paid icon Rip, it lights up, when you tap it again, it turns gray, and when you tap it again, it changes to a disclosure-prohibited icon, and when you tap it again, it lights up, and so on. If the recipe creator wants to make the recipe publicly available as a paid recipe with a usage restriction that cannot be used without paying, the recipe creator turns on the paid icon Rip. The paid icon Rip shown in FIG. 44 is lit. On the other hand, if you want to make the recipe publicly available as a free recipe so that it can be widely enjoyed at any store, the paid icon Rip is turned off. Furthermore, if you do not want the user to use the service even if you pay for it, a disclosure prohibition icon is displayed.

Below these icons, some of the parameters of the bean information that have been set by inputting or selecting the bean information explained using FIGS. 38 and 39 are displayed. That is, a bean producing country display field R4, a bean name display field R5, and a roasting degree display field R6 are provided and displayed.

Further below, a comment display column R7 is provided. This comment display field R7 displays the comments of the recipe creator who has already set the barista information by inputting or selecting it as explained using FIGS. 40 and 42.

Further, an image display section R8 is provided below the bitterness display section R2, and a recipe creator name display section R9 is provided next to it. The image display section R8 displays the shot image that has been set by inputting or selecting the barista information as explained using FIGS. 40 and 42, and the recipe creator name display field R9 displays the same input barista information. Or, the name of the recipe creator who has already been selected is displayed.

Below the recipe creator name display field R9, a recipe creator introduction input field R10 is provided. The recipe creator's introduction is a parameter input on the input screen of this recipe card. Whether you are entering characters in the recipe name input field R1 or the introduction input field R10, if you tap the input field, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) will appear on the display screen. (see FIG. 46), and character input becomes possible.

As explained above, the parameters input for the first time on the recipe card input screen shown in FIG. 44 are the recipe name in the recipe name input field R1, the introduction of the recipe creator in the introduction input field R10, and the coffee drink in the bitterness display area R2. bitterness, sourness of the coffee beverage in the sourness display area R3, type 1 according to the hot beverage icon Rih and iced beverage icon Ric, size of the coffee beverage according to the size icon Ris, and whether the recipe is paid or not according to the paid icon Rip, or Publication will be prohibited using the publication prohibition icon. Note that type 2 (type information indicating the flavor of the beverage) described using FIG. 25 may also be inputtable on this input screen.

In the input screen shown in FIG. 44 as well, an interrupt icon Si2 is arranged at the upper right corner, and an end icon EN1 and a save icon NX2 are arranged at the bottom. When the save icon NX2 shown in FIG. 44 is tapped, the recipe name and recipe creator's introduction are saved in the database as parameter settings and included in the recipe. Furthermore, the bitterness and sourness of coffee drinks are stored in the database as type 3 following type 2 shown in FIG. 25(A), the distinction between hot drinks and iced drinks is stored in the database as type 1, and the size of coffee drinks is It is stored in the database as type 4, and the distinction as to whether it is a paid recipe or not and the prohibition of publication are stored in the database as type 5, and each is included in the recipe. Then, the screen moves to a registration content confirmation screen.

FIG. 45 is a diagram showing a confirmation screen for registered contents.

The display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 45 displays an extraction method icon Ci1, a bean information icon Ci2, a barista information icon Ci3, and a recipe name icon Ci4 corresponding to the first to fourth stages of the tour. Displayed. Next to the extraction method icon Ci1, the values of the amount of beans and the grinding particle size, which were input in the extraction method settings explained using FIG. 37 and set in the database, are displayed. Next to the bean information icon Ci2, the name of the bean set in the database by inputting or selecting the bean information explained using FIGS. 38 and 39 is displayed. Note that whether the bean information is newly created or selected from existing data is also displayed, and in FIG. 45, "new" is displayed to indicate that it is newly created. Next to the barista icon Ci3, the name of the recipe creator set in the database by inputting or selecting the barista information explained using FIGS. 40 and 42 is displayed. Here, it is also displayed whether the barista information is newly created or selected from existing data, and in FIG. 45, "New" is displayed to indicate that the barista information is newly created. Next to the recipe name icon Ci4, the recipe name input on the recipe card input screen described using FIG. 44 is displayed. As also displayed on the confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45, when the extraction method icon Ci1, bean information icon Ci2, barista information icon Ci3, and recipe name icon Ci4 are tapped, the display switches to the detailed display.

FIG. 46 is a diagram showing a detailed display screen displayed by tapping the bean information icon Ci2 shown in FIG. 45.

On the detailed display screen shown in FIG. 46, a display that accepts input of parameters such as input fields B1 to B6 for inputting bean information and roasting degree display section B7 displayed on the bean information input screen shown in FIG. 38 is displayed. The same display is displayed. In FIG. 46, by tapping the input field B6 for inputting the bean refining method, a software keyboard (screen keyboard) SKB appears, allowing character input. When the modification icon MOi provided at the bottom is tapped, the contents modified on this detailed display screen are overwritten and saved in the database. On the other hand, if the confirmation is finished and you do not want to make any changes, tap the close icon CLi provided at the upper right corner to return from the detailed display screen shown in FIG. 46 to the registration content confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45.

In the confirmation screen shown in FIG. 45, an interruption icon Si2 is also placed in the upper right corner. Further, an OK icon OKi is arranged at the bottom end. When this OK icon OKi is tapped, the screen shifts to the recipe registration completion screen.

FIG. 47 is a diagram showing a recipe registration completion screen.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 47, a display screen is displayed with text indicating that recipe registration is complete. A progress chart PC is also displayed on this display screen, and it can be seen at a glance that the fifth stage of the tour has been completed. A jump icon JPi is placed at the bottom of the recipe registration completion screen. When this jump icon JPi is tapped, the screen shifts to a screen displaying a list of recipe management applications shown in FIG. 34.

The characteristic points of the recipe creation method in the tour described above are summarized as shown in FIG. 48(a).

FIG. 48(a) is a flowchart showing a characteristic recipe creation method for a tour.

In the recipe creation method shown in FIG. 48(a), first step St11 is executed. In this first step St11, parameters such as the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25(A) are explained on the display section of the information display device 12. Specifically, on the explanation screen shown in FIG. 36, characters such as "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment." are displayed. Next, input is accepted regarding various parameters of the manufacturing method. Specifically, a screen shown in FIG. 37 is displayed that accepts input of parameters such as the grinding particle size of the beans. In this first step St11, parameter explanation and parameter input reception are performed on different screens.

Next, a second step St12 is executed. This second step St12 is a step regarding bean information. The bean information corresponds to the raw material information shown in FIG. 25(A). In the second step St12, the bean information input screen shown in FIG. 38 is displayed. On this input screen, the parameter explanation display such as "This is the information about the beans you want to use." and the display that accepts parameter input such as input fields B1 to B6 for inputting bean information and roast degree display section B7 are displayed on the same screen. Displayed.

Finally, the third step St13 is executed. This third step St13 is a step regarding varistor information. The varistor information corresponds to the information on the inventor, etc. shown in FIG. 25(A). In the third step St13, the barista information input screen shown in FIG. 40 is displayed. On this input screen, you can display parameter explanations such as "This is information about the recipe creator. It is also used for ranking." and input parameters such as character input fields H1, H2 and image input field H3 for inputting barista information. Acceptable displays are displayed on the same screen.

In the recipe creation method described above, input of parameters is accepted, and the accepted parameters are saved when proceeding to the next step. In this recipe creation method, only some of the parameters that can be input in expert recipe creation, which will be described later, are input and saved. For parameters other than those input here, the recipe is completed by automatically inputting standard values according to the input parameter values or by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31. For example, when inputting the parameters of the manufacturing method in the second step St12 shown in FIG. etc. were not input, but the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31 calculates the second main hot water supply amount from the input hot water amount and the first main hot water supply amount, and the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. The information is stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 16 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12.

Furthermore, the recipe creation technique described above can also be used as software.

FIG. 48(b) is a schematic diagram showing an overview of the recipe creation program.

The recipe creation program RP2 shown in FIG. 48(b) is executed in the information display device 12 that includes a processing unit 121a that executes the program and a display screen, and is used to create a recipe that causes the information display device 12 to operate as a recipe creation device. The program includes, on the information display device 12, an acquisition means RP21 for acquiring a recipe to be used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage, and a reception means RP22 for accepting input of parameters included in the recipe on a display screen. , display control means RP23 for displaying part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means RP21 on the display screen, and the information display device 12 is configured to explain and accept the first parameter included in the recipe on the display screen. The recipe creation program executes a recipe creation operation in which, after receiving the first parameter input by the means, the display means explains the second parameter included in the recipe and the reception means receives the second parameter input.

In the above description,
“An acquisition unit [for example, the information display device 12 or the processing unit 121a] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, ground particle size of beans, amount of steaming water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of hot water injected), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition Pressure hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the beans, country of origin of the beans, degree of roasting of the beans, name of the recipe creator, etc.) [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. etc.]; a processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a];
A manufacturing means that operates according to the process executed by the processing means to manufacture a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (the crushing device 5 and the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3)],
a reception unit that receives input of parameters included in the recipe [for example, the reception unit 122 shown in FIG. 31];
A display means capable of displaying information [for example, a display section of the information display device 12],
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
Explanation of the first parameter included in the recipe by the display means [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25(A)] [For example, "This is the movement of the beverage manufacturing equipment" displayed on the screen shown in FIG. 36. After receiving the input of the first parameter by the receiving means [for example, the input on the screen shown in FIG. )] and the input of the second parameter by the reception means [for example, the explanation such as ``This is the information about the beans you want to use'' displayed on the screen shown in Figure 38]. 38] is capable of executing a recipe creation operation [for example, creation of a new recipe using a tour recipe management application];
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
explained.

Note that manufacturing a beverage as referred to herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final manufacturing of the beverage, but also preparations before final manufacturing, manufacturing of intermediates, and the like.

Further, there may be a plurality of types of manufacturing means, and the recipe may include parameters for each of the plurality of types of manufacturing means, or there may be a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means, and the recipe may include: It may include multiple types of parameters for one manufacturing method.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from a server via a communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit that acquires a recipe including parameters [for example, the information display device 12 or the I/F unit 11c] and a processing unit that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14, the manufacturing unit 18], The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control section [for example, the control device 11 or the processing section 11a] that controls the processing section according to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition section.

Also,
“When the receiving means receives the input of the parameter, the display means displays a display indicating that the input of the parameter has been accepted [for example, a display PP of the parameter which is the current input value shown in FIG. 37] is something,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the display indicating that the input of the parameter has been accepted may be the input value of the parameter, or may be a display such as "Input has been accepted."

Also,
``A display of the explanation of the first parameter by the display means and a display indicating that the display means has accepted the input of the first parameter are simultaneously displayed [for example, as shown in the screen shown in FIG. 38] may be displayed on the screen.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The display of the explanation of the first parameter by the display means and the display of the display indicating that the display means has accepted the input of the first parameter are displayed at different timings [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 36] 37 and a display for accepting input of parameters related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 37 may be displayed on separate screens.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the explanation of the first parameter may be displayed first, and the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted may be displayed later. Alternatively, on the contrary, the display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been accepted may be displayed first, and the explanation of the first parameter may be displayed afterwards.

The display of the explanation of the second parameter by the display means and the display indicating that the display means has accepted the input of the second parameter may be displayed at the same time, or may be displayed at different timings. It may be displayed. Further, while a display of an explanation of the first parameter and a display indicating that input of the first parameter has been received are simultaneously displayed, a display of an explanation of the second parameter and a display indicating that input of the second parameter are displayed are simultaneously displayed. The display indicating that the input has been accepted may be displayed at different timings.

Also,
“The recipe creation operation is an operation performed from the start of recipe creation until the recipe is completed through multiple steps (for example, 5 steps),
The display means displays the degree of progress indicating which stage the process has currently progressed to among the plurality of stages [for example, displays a progress chart PC shown in FIG. 38, etc.];
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the recipe creation operation may be an operation performed within one of the plurality of steps, or may be an operation performed over two of the plurality of steps.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above includes "an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage, a reception means for accepting input of parameters included in the recipe, and a display capable of displaying information." means, after receiving the description of the first parameter included in the recipe by the display means and the input of the first parameter by the reception means, the apparatus comprising: "A device capable of executing a recipe creation operation that receives an explanation of a second parameter and an input of the second parameter by the receiving means." The features of the beverage production device described can be applied.

Also, in the above description,
"Parameters for producing a beverage [for example, the amount of beans, Particle size of ground beans, steaming water volume, steaming time, extracted hot water volume (injected water volume), 1st main hot water supply volume, 2nd main hot water supply volume, pressurized hot water supply volume, extraction pressure, extraction time, resting time before rotation, resting time after rotation , delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the bean, country of origin of the bean, degree of roasting of the bean, name of recipe creator, etc.) [For example, the process for producing a beverage by referring to the various valves shown in Figure 3. A method for creating a recipe including opening/closing control processing, rotary blade control processing in the crushing device 5, drive control processing for the heater 72a, drive control processing for the compressor 70, etc.]
The display means displays an explanation of the first parameter included in the recipe [for example, the parameter related to the manufacturing method shown in FIG. ”] and a first step of accepting input of the first parameter by the accepting means [for example, accepting input on the screen shown in FIG. 37] [for example, displaying an explanation such as Step St11] and
Display of the explanation of the second parameter included in the recipe by the display means [for example, the parameter related to the raw material information shown in FIG. ”] and a second step of accepting input of the second parameter by the receiving means [for example, accepting input on the screen shown in FIG. 38] [for example, displaying the second parameter shown in FIG. Step St12] and
A recipe creation method characterized by having the following. ”
Also explained.

Also,
“In the first step, when the receiving means receives the input of the first parameter, the display means displays a display indicating that the input of the first parameter has been received [for example, the current state shown in FIG. This is a step that also displays parameters that are input values of
In the second step, when the receiving means receives the input of the second parameter, the display means displays a display indicating that the input of the second parameter has been received [for example, an input field shown in FIG. B1 to B6 and display of roast degree display section B7] is also performed.
A recipe creation method featuring this feature. ”
Also explained.

Also,
“In at least one of the first step and the second step, input reception of the parameter is executed while explanation display of the parameter is being executed [for example, in FIG. ] steps shown on the same screen as shown in
A recipe creation method featuring this feature. ”
Also explained.

Also,
“In at least one of the first step and the second step, the explanation display of the parameter is executed first, and after the explanation display of the parameter is finished, the input reception of the parameter is performed. In the step to be executed [for example, the display of the explanation of the parameters regarding the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 36 is displayed, and after the display of the explanation is finished, the display of accepting input of the parameters regarding the manufacturing method in FIG. 37 is displayed] be,
A recipe creation method featuring this feature. ”
Also explained.

For example, the first step is a step in which input reception of the first parameter is executed while an explanation display of the first parameter is being executed, and the second step is a step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed. The step may include accepting input of the second parameter while displaying an explanation of the second parameter. Further, the first step is a step in which an explanation display of the first parameter is executed first, and an input reception of the first parameter is executed after the explanation display of the first parameter is finished. Yes, and the second step is a step in which an explanation display of the second parameter is executed first, and after the explanation display of the second parameter is finished, an input reception of the second parameter is executed. There may be. Further, the first step is a step in which input reception of the first parameter is executed while an explanation display of the first parameter is being executed, and the second step is a step in which the input reception of the first parameter is executed. The step may be such that the explanation display of the second parameter is executed first, and after the explanation display of the second parameter is finished, the input reception of the second parameter is executed. Further, the first step is a step in which an explanation display of the first parameter is executed first, and an input reception of the first parameter is executed after the explanation display of the first parameter is finished. The second step may be a step in which input reception of the second parameter is performed while an explanation display of the second parameter is being performed.

Furthermore, "the program is executed in a device [for example, the information display device 12] that includes a processing section [for example, the processing section 121a] that executes the program and a display means [for example, the display section of the information display device 12], and the device A recipe creation program that operates as a recipe creation device,
On the device,
Acquisition means [for example, acquisition means RP21 shown in FIG. 48(b)] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
A reception means that receives input of parameters included in the recipe [for example, reception means RP22 shown in FIG. 48(b)],
A display control means [for example, display control means RP23 shown in FIG. 48(b)] for displaying part or all of the recipe acquired by the acquisition means on the display means is constructed, and the display control means RP23 shown in FIG. After receiving the explanation of the first parameter included in the recipe and the input of the first parameter by the receiving means, the explanation of the second parameter included in the recipe by the display means and the input of the second parameter by the receiving means. A recipe creation program [for example, recipe creation program RP1 shown in FIG. 48(b)] that is characterized by executing a recipe creation operation that accepts input of parameters. It may be.

In addition, in the above explanation, any component expressed as ~means can be replaced with ~part.

Next, we will explain the expert recipe management application. When the expert icon 120ei shown in FIG. 34 is tapped, the display section of the information display device 12 displays a table in which parameter names and their setting values are displayed one line at a time, and a software keyboard (screen keyboard) SKB shown in FIG. be done.

FIG. 49 is a diagram showing parameter names that can be input when creating an expert recipe.

When creating a recipe using the Expert recipe management application, it becomes possible to input parameters that could not be entered when creating a recipe using the Tour recipe management application. The parameter names shown in FIG. 49 are examples of parameter names that can be input when creating a recipe in the expert, and more parameters may be input.

When creating a recipe in an expert, each parameter other than the image parameter regarding the creator is directly input by operating the screen keyboard SKB. The image of the creator is an image taken by a camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12. Note that the input is not limited to direct input by operating the screen keyboard SKB, and selective input from a pull-down list may be used.

When creating a recipe in Expert, there is an assist function that can be turned on and off. If this assist function is turned off, the recipe will not be completed unless all of the parameters shown in FIG. 49 are input. On the other hand, if the assist function is turned on, once the required parameters are input, the remaining parameters will be determined according to the input parameter values, or standard values will be determined by the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31. The information will be automatically entered and the recipe will be completed.

In type 5 shown in FIG. 49, information about recipe constraints is set. In this type 5, information on paid recipes represented by the above-mentioned paid icon Rip and information prohibited from publication are also set, but in addition to this, information on recipes with display restrictions and recipes prohibited from duplication are also set, which will be described in detail later. information and information on recipes that cannot be modified are also set. Once the information regarding the recipe constraints set to type 5 is set, the setting contents cannot be changed unless the change conditions are satisfied. On the other hand, if the change conditions are satisfied, the setting contents may be changed automatically, or the setting contents may be changed by a user's operation.

Next, recipe constraints will be explained.

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a display screen on which five recipes are ranked and displayed.

The display screen shown in FIG. 50 is similar to the display screen shown in FIG. 28, and the first place in the ranking is a simple display 1804d of "Bean A Most Popular Recipe", and the second place is a simple display 1804d of "Original Recipe". A simple display 1805d of "004" is displayed. Furthermore, in the third place, a simple display 1806d of "August Recommendation #1" is displayed. Each simple display displays an image Im taken by a camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12 when creating a recipe. Note that this image Im may be an image taken with a device other than the camera 1230 provided in the information display device 12, and is not limited to an image taken when creating a recipe. In the simple display 1804d of "Bean A Best Recipes", an image of a recipe creator (individual) named AAA AAAAAA is displayed. On the other hand, in the simple display 1806d of "August Recommendation #1", the recipe creator is XX company (corporate), and an image of coffee beans is displayed.

In the display screen shown in FIG. 50, unlike the display screen shown in FIG. 28, the simple display 1804d of the first-ranked "Bean A One-Pick Recipe" is displayed in a grayed-out display format, and the "Please pay ” is added. Furthermore, although the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "Original Recipe 004" is not in a gray-out display mode, a text display LD such as "Display restrictions apply" is added. On the other hand, the simple display of the third and subsequent recipes is the same as that on the display screen shown in FIG.

FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a display screen that is displayed when the simple display 1806d of the third-ranked "Recommended for August #1" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 51, a simple display 1806d of "August's Recommendation #1" is displayed at the top, and icons representing a plurality of parameters are displayed side by side below it. On the display screen shown in FIG. 51, 12 icons I1 to I12 are displayed in two rows, one above the other. When the next page icon Inx displayed at the bottom center of the display screen is tapped, a next page is displayed in which icons representing a plurality of parameters are arranged. That is, icons representing the 13th and subsequent parameters can be displayed. Each icon has a parameter name displayed above a graphic symbolizing the content of the parameter in an easy-to-understand manner, and a parameter (setting value) displayed below the graphic. Among these icons, the icon I8 for the additional hot water supply amount is displayed in a grayed out manner, and no specific value is displayed. An icon displayed in a grayed out manner indicates that the parameter has not been set. Note that instead of the icon displayed in a grayed-out display mode, an icon to which other parameters are set may be displayed. On the display screen shown in FIG. 51, details of the contents of the recipe are displayed by displaying 11 icons. However, this will be part of the recipe, not all of it. The display screen shown in FIG. 51 has a different display mode from the display screen shown in FIG. 33.

At the bottom of the display screen shown in FIG. 51, a return icon Ir and an extraction icon Id are provided. When the return icon Ir is tapped, the display screen returns to the ranking display shown in FIG. 50. When you tap the extraction icon Id, the screen switches to the accounting screen where the price of the coffee drink with this recipe name is displayed, the accounting information is sent to a point of sale (POS) system (not shown), and accounting processing is executed in the POS system. . Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started.

On the other hand, when the icons representing the 11 parameters are tapped, an input window appears and the parameters (setting values) can be changed.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the icon I5 for the first main water supply amount is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 52, an input window IW1 is displayed so as to overlap icons I1 to I12 representing 12 parameters. In this input window IW1, the maximum value (MAX 60) and minimum value (MIN 10) of the correctable range are displayed, and a numerical sequence W1 in which the numbers between the maximum value and the minimum value are arranged at one interval is displayed. There is. An input frame W2 is arranged at the center of the number sequence W1, and in the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, 42 is located in the input frame W2. The number sequence W1 can be moved by a swipe operation, and the numerical value in the input frame W2 can be changed. When the user taps the decision icon W3 provided at the bottom, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is stored in the database as a parameter (setting value), and the input window IW1 disappears. In this way, the parameters previously stored in the database are overwritten with the new parameters, completing the modification of the parameters.

The above-described operation of making the input window IW1 appear from the screen where icons representing multiple parameters are displayed side by side and inputting the parameters (setting values) was an operation for modifying the parameters, but it The same goes for creating recipes. In other words, when creating a new recipe using the standard recipe management application, which is started by tapping the standard icon 120si shown in FIG. 34, parameters (setting values) are entered in the same way and stored in the database. go. On the new recipe creation screen in Standard, for example, icons I1 to I12 representing the 12 parameters shown in FIG. 51 are displayed. Here, icons for which parameters are not set are displayed in a grayed-out display mode, such as the additional hot water supply amount icon I8 shown in FIG. 51, and no specific values are displayed. When inputting parameters, when an icon is tapped, an input window IW1 as shown in FIG. 52 appears, and parameters can be changed by a swipe operation. When the recipe creator taps the enter icon W3 with the desired parameter located in the input frame W2, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is stored in the database as a parameter (setting value), and the input window IW1 is disappear. In this way, new parameters are set.

By tapping the next page icon Inx displayed at the lower center of the display screen, it is possible to input the 13th and subsequent parameters. For example, by tapping the next page icon Inx one or more times, it is possible to display an icon whose parameter is the image of the recipe creator. In the input window IW1 of this icon, an image input field H3 shown in FIG. 40 may be displayed. When creating a new recipe in the standard, it is mandatory to enter the 12 parameters displayed on the display screen corresponding to the first page, as shown in Figure 51, but the parameters displayed on the display screen from the second page onwards are required. Input is optional. For parameters that have not been input on the second and subsequent display screens, the processing unit 121a shown in FIG. 31 automatically inputs standard values according to the values of the input parameters, and the recipe is completed. The completed recipe is stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) described using FIG. 23 or the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12.

Next, a case will be described in which the simple display 1804d of the No. 1 "Bean A Best Recipe" displayed in a grayed-out display mode is tapped, as shown in FIG. 50. Even if the simple display 1804d of "Bean A One-Pick Recipe" displayed in a grayed-out display mode is tapped, there is no change on the display screen. That is, the screen does not switch to the screen that displays the details of the recipe shown in FIG. 51, and the tap operation is not accepted. The first-ranked recipe shown in FIG. 50, "Bean A One-Pick Recipe," is a recipe with usage restrictions that prevents it from being used unless payment is made. This usage restriction may protect the interests of the creator of this recipe. Please note that tap operations are accepted, and this recipe is a paid recipe that cannot be used without paying. You may switch to a display screen that displays an explanation to that effect. The character display LM such as "Please charge" shown in FIG. 50 corresponds to a display notifying the conditions for canceling the restriction.

When the menu button 120m provided at the upper right of the display screen shown in FIG. 32 is tapped, a billing screen (not shown) is provided as a menu item that is expanded (see FIG. 56). On this billing screen, you can perform billing processing for the recipe "Bean A One-Push Recipe". As a specific example, a billing process is performed in a credit card payment process, and a notification that the billing process has been performed is transmitted to the server 1201 (corresponding to the server 16 shown in FIG. 31) described using FIG. 23. . In the recipe management database built in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, recipe constraints are managed.

FIG. 53 is a diagram showing data stored in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 and managing recipe constraints.

As described above, information on paid recipes is recorded in type 5 for each recipe. Each recipe is databased in the beverage information DB 1303a shown in FIG. 23. In addition, recipe IDs are managed in this beverage information DB 1303a. In the user information DB 1303b shown in FIG. 23, user IDs are managed. The manufacturing history DB 1303c shown in FIG. 23 manages machine IDs.

The storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 manages machine IDs held for each user ID, and the server 1201 periodically checks whether communication is possible with the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 of each machine ID. ing. In the data shown in FIG. 53, the server was unable to communicate with the beverage manufacturing device 1 with the machine ID 4 (hereinafter referred to as the ID4 machine) owned by the person with the user ID 2 (hereinafter referred to as the ID2 person). It is recorded that a service person from the company that operates 1201 is currently in contact with the person with ID 2 to investigate the reason why communication was not possible.

Furthermore, the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201 manages usable recipes and unusable recipes by recipe ID for each machine ID. For example, recipes with recipe IDs 1 to 20 are recipes that have been stored in any of the beverage manufacturing apparatuses 1 since the beginning of sales. In the beverage manufacturing device 1, the recipe is stored in an encrypted form in the storage section 121b of the information display device. Among the recipes with recipe IDs 1 to 20, the recipes with recipe IDs 1 to 15 are usable recipes with no usage restrictions. On the other hand, recipes with recipe IDs 16 to 20 are recipes with usage restrictions that prevent them from being used without paying a fee. Even if a recipe with usage restrictions is stored in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, it cannot be used to manufacture a coffee beverage unless a usage restriction release code is input. The usage restriction release code is a code generated for each machine ID, and is a code that is invalid even if it is input to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 of another machine ID.

For example, if a person with user ID 1 (hereinafter referred to as ID1 person) performs billing processing for recipe ID 16 on beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 with machine ID 2 (hereinafter referred to as ID2 machine), server 1201 Then, a message is sent that the ID2 machine has performed billing processing for recipe ID16. Upon receiving this, the server 1201 deletes recipe ID16 from the unusable recipe IDs in the ID2 machine, and adds recipe ID16 to the usable recipe IDs in the ID2 machine. Then, the server 1201 transmits the usage restriction release code for the recipe with recipe ID 16 to the ID2 machine, and the ID2 machine that receives this inputs the usage restriction release code and becomes able to use the recipe with recipe ID 16.

Note that for recipes with usage restrictions, only data that can be displayed simply as shown in FIG. Instead, data for the entire recipe may be transmitted to enable manufacturing according to the recipe.

Furthermore, to supplement the data shown in FIG. 53, the person with ID1 creates recipe ID32 using the ID2 machine. When creating a recipe, the recipe ID 32 is registered as a recipe with a usage restriction that cannot be used without charging. In the ID2 machine, the recipe ID 32 is a recipe created on that machine, so it can be used, and in the management in the storage unit 1303 of the server 1201, it is registered as a usable recipe ID. However, the recipe ID 32 is not registered in the usable recipe IDs even in the other machines of the ID1 user (the beverage manufacturing device 1 with the machine ID 1 and the beverage manufacturing device 1 with the machine ID 3). Note that the recipe data with the recipe ID 32 may be sent to other machines with the same user ID via the server 1201 so that they can be used. Recipe ID32 created by ID1 person is made available to the public as a recipe with usage restrictions. For example, data that can be displayed simply as shown in FIG. 50 and recipe information as shown in FIG. 33 are made publicly available, but not all parameters necessary for manufacturing are made public. The person with user ID 3 (hereinafter referred to as the ID3 person) sees the public release of the recipe with recipe ID 32, and performs the billing process for recipe ID 32 on the beverage manufacturing device 1 with machine ID 5 (hereinafter referred to as the ID5 machine). The recipe with recipe ID 32 can be used on the ID5 machine.

The person with ID2 creates recipe ID23 using the ID4 machine. When creating a recipe, the recipe ID 23 is registered as a recipe with no usage restrictions. This recipe ID23 is also made available to the public, and ID3 users can download and use the recipe ID23 for free from the server 1201 on each of the two machines they own (machine ID5 and beverage manufacturing device 1 with machine ID6). It has become.

Note that even if the recipe is usable, it may become unusable unless the communication confirmation code is input at regular intervals. Alternatively, the manufacturing process itself of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 may not be executed unless the communication confirmation code is input at regular intervals. The communication confirmation code is transmitted from the server 1201 when the server 1201 periodically checks whether communication is possible with the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 of each machine ID. By doing so, even if the beverage manufacturing device 1 goes missing along with the user, the value of the beverage manufacturing device 1 and the value of the recipe can be protected.

Next, the case where the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped will be described.

FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a display screen that is displayed when the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. 50 is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 54, a simple display 1805d of "original recipe 004" is displayed at the top, and icons representing a plurality of parameters are displayed arranged below it. On the display screen shown in FIG. 54, 12 icons I1 to I12 are displayed in two rows, one above the other. Note that by tapping the next page icon Inx displayed at the lower center of the display screen, it is possible to display the next page on which icons representing the 13th and subsequent parameters are displayed.

In the simple display 1805d of the second-ranked "original recipe 004" shown in FIG. 50, a text display LD such as "Display restrictions apply" was added. On the display screen shown in FIG. 54, parameters (setting values) are hidden for icons I4 to I7 of parameters related to the amount of hot water. The character display LD such as "Display restrictions apply" on the ranking display screen in FIG. 50 indicates that there is a restriction such that the parameter related to the amount of hot water cannot be displayed. Even if the user tries to check the parameters related to the amount of hot water in other display modes, the parameters related to the amount of hot water are not displayed in any display mode. The display restriction here is a restriction to protect the secret of the recipe, especially the manufacturing conditions, and the recipe can be used. That is, even if the extraction icon Id shown in FIG. The system performs accounting processing. Further, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the coffee manufacturing process shown in FIG. 11 is started. In addition, although the display restriction here was targeted at some of the parameters that constitute the recipe, it may be targeted at all parameters. Further, display restrictions may be applied to all parameters regarding the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25(A).

Display restrictions for some or all of the parameters of a recipe can be set by the recipe creator at the time of recipe creation. Information on recipes with display restrictions is set to type 5. Note that it is possible to add display restrictions to a recipe that has usage restrictions that prevent it from being used without payment, even if payment is made.

Restrictions on recipes include, in addition to display restrictions, restrictions on prohibition of alteration and restrictions on prohibition of copying. The recipe creator can also set restrictions such as prohibition of alteration and prohibition of duplication when creating a recipe. Information on recipes with restrictions that prohibit modification and information on recipes with restrictions that prohibit copying are set to type 5. Note that even if a fee is charged for a recipe that has a usage restriction that cannot be used without payment, it is possible to add a restriction that prohibits modification or a restriction that prohibits copying.

Icons I1 to I12 representing a plurality of parameters shown in FIG. 51 are also displayed when the contents of a recipe with a restriction that prohibits modification are displayed.

FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a screen when the icon I5 for the first actual hot water supply amount of a recipe with a restriction that prohibits modification is tapped.

Unlike the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW1 is not displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 55, and instead, a change prohibition window RW appears. There is. In this change prohibition window RW, the numerical sequence W1 shown in Figure 52 is not displayed, and only the already set parameter value (40 in this case) is displayed and cannot be changed. A text message such as this is displayed. After the change prohibition window RW is displayed for a predetermined period of time, it automatically disappears, and the display section of the information display device 12 returns to the display screen shown in FIG. 51. The restriction of prohibiting modification here is to ensure that the recipe created by the recipe creator is faithfully reproduced. For example, if a recipe created by a world-famous barista is modified without the barista's permission and sold as a coffee beverage, the coffee beverage will no longer be brewed by the world-famous barista. The reputation of the barista may be tarnished if the coffee drink is not a reproduction and the taste or aroma is different. The restriction of prohibiting modification also has the meaning of preventing such things.

Note that the restriction of prohibiting modification may be applied to some or all of the parameters constituting the recipe. Furthermore, the restriction of prohibiting modification may apply to all parameters regarding the manufacturing method shown in FIG. 25(A).

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing how menu items are expanded by tapping the menu button 120m provided at the upper right on the display screen shown in FIG. 33.

The menu item ME displayed on the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 56 includes an item ME1 for returning to the home screen (for example, the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. Item ME2 to display the ranking display shown in FIG. 30), item ME3 to display the recipe management application list shown in FIG. 34, item ME4 to display the above-mentioned billing screen, Here, a recipe copy item ME5 for duplicating the "Daito Blend" recipe) and other items ME6 are provided. Among these items, the recipe copy item ME5 is displayed in a grayed out display mode, and even if you tap the recipe copy item ME5, the values of the parameters included in the "Daito Blend" recipe will not be copied. Can not do it. In other words, the recipe for Daito Blend has a restriction that prohibits copying. Copying a recipe is used when creating a new recipe using the copied recipe as a reference. For example, it is convenient to be able to copy a recipe when you want to make changes to a recipe that you previously created while leaving the recipe as is. However, like modifying a recipe, creating a new recipe based on a recipe other than one's own, especially a recipe created by a famous barista, is considered plagiarism, and such behavior is prohibited. Should. Restrictions such as prohibition on copying may be used as a means to prohibit such actions.

As explained using FIG. 55, some recipes have restrictions that prohibit modification, but there are also parameters that may actively encourage modification. For example, depending on the environment in which the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed, it may be better to modify the parameters. In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, as shown in FIGS. 18, 19, and 20, it is attempted to accurately control the air pressure inside the extraction container 9. The atmospheric pressure changes depending on the altitude of the place where the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed. For this reason, in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 31, the pressure of the pressurized fluid supplied to the extraction container 9 is corrected according to the sensor signal from the atmospheric pressure sensor 124.

FIG. 57 is a diagram showing a display screen for correcting the parameter of the delivery pressure based on the air pressure from the compressor 70 during the period T11 shown in FIG. 18.

When the delivery pressure icon I12 shown in FIG. 51 is tapped, an input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57 appears on the display section of the information display device 12. Similarly to the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57 also displays the maximum value (MAX 3.0) and minimum value (MIN 1.2) of the modifiable range. A number sequence W4 is displayed in which the numbers between are arranged at intervals of 0.1. An input frame W2 is arranged at the center of the number sequence W4, and in the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57, 2.0 is located in the input frame W2. The user can move the number sequence W4 by a swipe operation, and can change the numerical value in the input frame W2 to a desired value within the modifiable range. Further, in the input window IW2 shown in FIG. 57, an atmospheric pressure correction icon W5 is provided at the lower right. When this atmospheric pressure correction icon W5 is tapped, the atmospheric pressure is corrected according to the altitude of the place where the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is installed. The higher the altitude of the installation location of the beverage manufacturing equipment 1, the lower the atmospheric pressure.For example, if the pressure management of the beverage manufacturing equipment 1 is based on the atmospheric pressure at an altitude of 0 m, even if the atmospheric pressure is corrected, the beverage manufacturing The higher the altitude of the installation location of the device 1 is than 0 m, the lower the parameter value is corrected. On the other hand, the lower the altitude of the installation location of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is than 0 m, the higher the parameter value is corrected.

Note that the temperature and humidity of the installation environment of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 may also affect the taste and aroma of the coffee beverage. Depending on the temperature of the installation environment, the steaming water amount, steaming time, hot water tank temperature, etc. may be corrected. Further, the amount of steaming water, the steaming time, etc. may be corrected depending on the humidity of the installation environment. Furthermore, the installation environment also includes the hardness and pH of water in the area where the beverage manufacturing device 1 is installed. The amount of beans, amount of hot water, etc. may be corrected depending on the hardness and pH of the water.

In the above description,
“An acquisition unit [for example, the information display device 12 or the processing unit 121a] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, ground particle size of beans, amount of steaming water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of hot water injected), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition Pressure hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the beans, country of origin of the beans, degree of roasting of the beans, name of the recipe creator, etc.) [For example, processing for controlling the opening and closing of various valves shown in FIG. etc.]; a processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing unit 11a];
A manufacturing means that operates according to the process executed by the processing means to manufacture a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (the crushing device 5 and the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3)],
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
The acquisition means is capable of acquiring recipes with restrictions [e.g., restrictions prohibiting use, prohibiting partial or all display, prohibiting alteration, prohibiting copying, etc.];
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
explained.

Note that manufacturing a beverage as referred to herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final manufacturing of the beverage, but also preparations before final manufacturing, manufacturing of intermediates, and the like.

Further, there may be a plurality of types of manufacturing means, and the recipe may include parameters for each of the plurality of types of manufacturing means, or there may be a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means, and the recipe may include: It may include multiple types of parameters for one manufacturing method.

Further, the recipe with the restriction may be downloaded from a server via a communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit that acquires a recipe including parameters [for example, the information display device 12 or the I/F unit 11c] and a processing unit that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14, the manufacturing unit 18], The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control section [for example, the control device 11 or the processing section 11a] that controls the processing section according to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition section.

Also,
``Equipped with a storage means [for example, the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12] that stores the recipe with the restrictions,
The acquisition means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the recipe with the restrictions from the storage means,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``The constraint is that it is impossible to produce a beverage using the recipe [for example, a usage constraint that cannot be used without paying] [for example, the grayout shown in FIG. 50] A simple display 1804d of the No. 1 "Bean A One-Pick Recipe" displayed in the display mode, with a text display LM such as "Please charge" added],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Equipped with a display means [for example, a display section of the information display device 12],
The restriction is that some or all of the information representing the recipe [for example, parameters related to the amount of hot water] or all of the information representing the recipe is not displayed on the display means [for example, regarding the icons I4 to I7 of parameters related to the amount of hot water shown in FIG. Parameters (setting values) are hidden],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The restriction is to prohibit the creation of a copy of the recipe [for example, the recipe copy item ME5 displayed in a grayed-out display mode shown in FIG. 56],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Recipes with the above-mentioned restrictions can be changed by charging to recipes without the restrictions [for example, recipe ID 32 that can be used on the beverage manufacturing device with machine ID 5 owned by the person with user ID 3 in FIG. recipe]
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``The restriction means that it is prohibited to modify part or all of the contents of the recipe [for example, a change prohibition window RW shown in FIG. 55 appears and a text message such as ``Cannot be changed.''] is,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The parameters can be adjusted according to the installation environment [e.g., altitude] of this beverage manufacturing device [e.g., correction by tapping the atmospheric pressure correction icon W5 shown in FIG. 57],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the installation environment includes temperature, humidity, water hardness and pH in the area where it is installed.
“The recipe is encrypted [For example, the recipe stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device is encrypted],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

The beverage manufacturing apparatus described above is an apparatus equipped with an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage, and the acquisition means acquires a recipe with restrictions. '', and the features of the beverage manufacturing apparatus described so far can be applied to this apparatus. This device may be a beverage manufacturing device such as a coffee maker with a hot water supply function. Alternatively, it may be an electronic device (for example, a mobile terminal) that does not have a manufacturing function. Furthermore, the crushing device 5 may be used.

Furthermore, in the above description, any constituent elements expressed as ~means can be replaced with ~parts.

Next, we will explain how to make error determination.

As described above, logs such as response signals and monitoring results are transmitted from the control device 11 shown in FIG. 31 to the control section 121 of the information display device 12, and are stored in the control section 121. Note that some logs are transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 at predetermined intervals (for example, at intervals of 500 msec).

The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31 performs error determination. The control unit 121 stores reference values, conditions, etc. for error determination. For example, if the value represented by the acquired monitor signal or sensor signal is equal to or higher than a reference value, the control unit 121 determines that an error has occurred, or conversely, determines that no error has occurred. . The control unit 121 also stores recipes. The control unit 121 may determine whether an error has occurred based on the information sent from the control device 11 and the manufacturing conditions. Alternatively, a plurality of monitoring results may be used to determine whether an error has occurred.

FIG. 58(a) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grinding process (step S2) shown in FIG. 11.

An animation 12AM consisting of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half of this display screen. In this animation 12AM, a schematic diagram 40M of the canister 40 shown in FIG. A schematic diagram CM of the cup C shown in FIG. 3 is displayed. Animation 12AM is displayed in accordance with the actual coffee beverage manufacturing process so that it can be seen which process is currently being performed. On the display screen shown in FIG. 58(a), coffee beans are being ground in a schematic diagram 5M of the grinding device 5. Further, on the left side of the display screen, a text display area 12CA is provided to display text indicating the process currently being performed. On the display screen shown in FIG. 58(a), the words "grind in progress" are displayed in the character display area 12CA.

FIG. 58(b) is a diagram showing a table of reference values for error determination stored in the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 31.

As mentioned above, the grinding device 5 is equipped with a motor as a driving source and a rotary blade driven by the motor, and by changing the number of rotations of the rotary blade, roasted coffee beans are crushed. The size (granularity) can be changed. When the rotary blade is grinding roasted coffee beans, the current value of the motor increases more than when the rotary blade is idling. Further, the hardness of roasted coffee beans varies depending on the type of roasted coffee beans and the degree of roasting of the roasted coffee beans. The harder the roasted coffee beans are, the higher the current value of the motor while grinding the roasted coffee beans. In the table shown in FIG. 58(b), the reference value of the motor value when grinding roasted coffee beans is determined by the type of bean (bean A, bean B, etc.) and the three roasting degrees (light). There are regulations for each type (roasted, medium roasted, dark roasted). The reference value of the current value here is the cumulative value of the current value (for example, the cumulative value every 250 msec) over a certain period (for example, 10 seconds).

In addition, although Figure 58(b) shows a table of roasted coffee beans and standard values for ease of understanding, in reality, information such as the type of beans and the three roasting degrees is It is summarized as various manufacturing conditions (recipes) for manufacturing the motor, and the reference value of the motor current value is also included in the recipe.

The control device 11 acquires a monitor signal containing a value representing the current value of the motor at predetermined intervals (for example, at intervals of 250 ms) while grinding is being performed. Every time the control device 11 acquires a monitor signal, it transmits a value representing the current value of the motor included in the monitor signal to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 as a monitoring result (log).

The control unit 121 of the information display device 12 knows the currently used recipe from the reception operation in the reception unit 122. Therefore, the control unit 121 can obtain from the recipe which roasted coffee beans are being ground, and can also obtain the motor current value corresponding to the roasted coffee beans that are currently being ground. The reference value of can also be obtained from the recipe. Each time a monitoring result is sent, the control unit 121 adds the values sent as the monitoring result, and calculates the cumulative value of the current value in a certain period (for example, 10 seconds) (for example, the cumulative value every 250 msec). value). Once the cumulative value is calculated, it is checked whether the cumulative value is below the standard value, and if the cumulative value is below the standard value, the grinding device 5 is not grinding the roasted coffee beans. Therefore, it is determined that a bean-out error has occurred. In producing the coffee beverage, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized during the final filter extraction (step S17 shown in FIG. 11) to promote delivery of the coffee beverage. If coffee beverage production continues without roasted coffee beans, there will be no resistance due to the accumulation of ground beans during this delivery, and hot water will gush out from the extraction container 9 with considerable force, which is dangerous. Therefore, when the control unit 121 determines that a no-bean error has occurred, the control unit 121 transmits the determination result to the control device 11, and the control device 11 generates a control signal to stop the rotation of the motor of the crushing device 5. 18. As a result, the motor of the crusher 5 stops rotating. Further, when the control unit 121 determines that a bean-out error has occurred, it transmits a control signal to the reception unit 122 instructing to display an error display.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing an example of an error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the grind process.

An error display is displayed so as to overlap the display screen shown in FIG. 58(a). That is, on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 59, an error display 12EB with the words "No beans error" written on it is displayed so as to overlap the schematic diagram 5M of the crushing device 5. Further, a character display 12ES indicating "Emergency stop" is displayed so as to overlap the character display area 12CA in which the characters "Grinding in progress" are displayed.

If the control unit 121 determines that a bean-out error has occurred, the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 maintains the stopped state until an instruction to manufacture the coffee beverage from the beginning is issued again.

In this example, the determination is made based on the current value, but the determination is not limited to the current value, but may be any value of an electrical parameter, for example, the value of power consumption may be used. Further, although the determination was made based on the cumulative value over a certain period of time, it may be the maximum value, the minimum value, or the average value over the certain period.

FIG. 60 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the steaming pouring process (step S11) shown in FIG. 11.

In the hot water pouring process for steaming, ground beans are poured into the container body 90 with the lid unit 91 open, and after the lid unit 91 is closed, an amount of hot water smaller than the amount of hot water for one cup is poured to steam the ground beans. is injected into the extraction container 9.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 60, an animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, ground beans are put into the schematic diagram 90M of the container body 90 with the schematic diagram 91M of the lid unit 91 open, and the schematic diagram 91M of the lid unit 91 is closed. Further, in the character display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen, the words "Pouring hot water for steaming" are displayed.

As described using the boxed diagram in FIG. 9, the extraction container 9 is provided with a pair of gripping members 821a that are opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822. When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, each gripping member 821a vertically sandwiches the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90, as shown by solid lines in the boxed diagram of FIG. The lid unit 91 is then fitted onto the container body 90 in an airtight manner. On the other hand, in order to open the lid unit 91, it is necessary to open the pair of gripping members 821a. The extraction container 9 is provided with an open state detection sensor that detects that the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state position, and a closed state detection sensor that detects that the pair of grip members 821a are in the closed state position. When the steaming pouring process is started, the control device 11 outputs a control signal to the manufacturing unit 18 to move the pair of gripping members 821a to the open position. The control device 11 confirms that the pair of grip members 821a has reached the open position by acquiring a sensor signal indicating that the pair of grip members 821a has been detected from the open state detection sensor. When the input period necessary for inputting the ground beans has elapsed, the control device 11 outputs a control signal to the manufacturing unit 18 to move the pair of gripping members 821a that are in the open position to the closed position. Also in the initial operation performed when the beverage manufacturing device 1 is powered on, the pair of gripping members 821a that are in the open position are moved to the closed position. In the initial operation, the control device 11 outputs a control signal to move the pair of grip members 821a to the closed state position, and then acquires a sensor signal indicating that the pair of grip members 821a has been detected from the closed state detection sensor. The time it takes to reach the destination (arrival time) is measured, and the arrival time is transmitted to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. The control unit 121 stores the arrival time as a reference time. By doing this, each time the power is turned on, the reference time serving as the reference value is updated to a time corresponding to the state of the extraction container 9 at the time the power is turned on. That is, some of the various manufacturing conditions (recipes) for manufacturing the coffee beverage are modified according to individual differences in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The state of the extraction container 9 changes depending on the condition of the motor 822 that moves the pair of gripping members 821a, the engagement of the power transmission mechanism (for example, a gear train), the magnitude of rotational resistance, etc., so some of the recipes may differ. The modification allows for more accurate production of coffee beverages.

Also in the steaming pouring process, the control device 11 outputs a control signal to move the pair of grip members 821a to the closed position, and then outputs a control signal indicating that the pair of grip members 821a is detected by the closed state detection sensor. The time until the sensor signal is acquired (arrival time) is measured, and the arrival time is transmitted to the control unit 121 as a monitoring result. The control unit 121 determines that an error related to the lid unit 91 has occurred if the arrival time transmitted as the monitoring result is longer than the reference time by a certain period of time or more. The fixed time here may be 0 seconds, but a certain amount of time is given in consideration of errors. For example, if the reference time is 300 msec and the monitoring result time is 500 msec or more, the pair of gripping members 821a are in the closed state, but it takes 200 msec longer to reach the closed state. This means that This is thought to be due to residues of ground beans adhering to the flange 911c of the lid unit 91 or the flange 90c of the container body 90, and the control unit 121 determines that a cleaning error has occurred. judge. When the control unit 121 determines that a cleaning error has occurred, it transmits a control signal instructing to display a warning to the reception unit 122. On the other hand, since the lid unit 91 is locked, the control signal for stopping the steaming pouring process is not sent to the manufacturing department 18, and the steaming pouring process is continued. The control unit 121 does not need to transmit the determination result to the control device 11.

On the display screen shown in FIG. 60(a), below the character display area 12CA where the words "Pouring hot water for steaming" are displayed, cleaning is prompted so as not to overlap the character display area 12CA. Warning display 12WC is displayed.

Further, even if the reference time is 300 ms and 700 ms has elapsed in the steaming pouring process, the control device 11 can obtain a sensor signal indicating that the pair of gripping members 821a has been detected from the closed state detection sensor. If this is not possible, the time-over result is sent to the control unit 121 as a monitoring result. In this case, the pair of gripping members 821a are not in the closed state, and the lid unit 91 is not locked, and the control unit 121 determines that a locking error of the lid unit 91 has occurred. When the control unit 121 determines that a locking error has occurred in the lid unit 91, the control unit 121 transmits the determination result to the control device 11, and the control device 11 sends a control signal to the manufacturing unit 18 to stop the steaming pouring process. Send to. As a result, the process of pouring hot water for steaming is stopped, and hot water for steaming is not poured into the extraction container 9. Further, when the control section 121 determines that a locking error of the lid unit 91 has occurred, the control section 121 transmits a control signal instructing to display an error to the reception section 122.

FIG. 60(b) is a diagram showing an example of an error display displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the steaming pouring process.

On the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 60(b), the text "Lid unit lock error" is written so as to overlap the schematic diagram 91M of the lid unit 91 and the schematic diagram 90M of the container body 90. Error display 12EC is displayed. Furthermore, a text display 12ES indicating "Emergency stop" is displayed so as to overlap the text display area 12CA in which the text "Pouring water for steaming is in progress" is displayed.

If the control unit 121 determines that a locking error of the lid unit 91 has occurred, the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 maintains the stopped state until switching to manual mode. In the manual mode, the administrator of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 manually discharges the ground beans put into the container body 90 from the container body 90. The administrator also investigates the reason why the pair of gripping members 821a are not in the closed state.

Note that in this example, the control device 11 measures the arrival time, but the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 may measure the arrival time. In this case, the control unit 121 obtains a log from the control device 11 indicating that a control signal for moving the pair of gripping members 821a to the closed position has been output. Further, the control unit 121 is configured to be able to obtain a log indicating that a sensor signal indicating that the pair of gripping members 821a has been detected from the closed state detection sensor has been obtained from the control device 11.

FIG. 61(a) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 during execution of the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG.

In the permeation extraction process, a coffee beverage in which coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water is passed through a filter provided in the lid unit 91 and delivered to the cup C in the inverted extraction container 9.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 61(a), an animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, a state in which the coffee beverage is being delivered from the schematic diagram 9M of the brewing container 9 in an inverted state to the schematic diagram CM of the cup C is displayed. Furthermore, the text "transparent extraction in progress" is displayed in the text display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen.

As shown in FIG. 18, the air pressure inside the extraction container 9 is maintained at the target value during the period T10 and the period T11 during which the transmission extraction process is executed. To maintain the atmospheric pressure inside the extraction container 9 at the target value, the control device 11 opens and closes the solenoid valve 728 shown in FIG. 12 etc. during the period T10, and opens and closes the solenoid valve 73b shown in FIG. 3 during the period T11. do. The control device 11 outputs a valve opening control signal to open the solenoid valve 728 during the period T10. Furthermore, the control device 11 outputs a valve opening control signal that opens the solenoid valve 73b during the period T11. When the control device 11 outputs these valve opening control signals, it transmits a monitoring result (log) indicating that the valve opening control signals have been output to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12. The valve opening control signal corresponds to one of the signals representing the state of supply of fluid to the extraction container 9. The control unit 121 counts the number of times the monitoring result is received, and obtains a count value of the number of times of pressurization in period T10 and a count value of the number of times of pressurization in period T11, respectively. The reference value of the number of times of pressurization in period T10 and the reference value of the number of times of pressurization in period T11 are also included in various manufacturing conditions (recipes) for manufacturing the coffee beverage. The control unit 121 checks whether the count value is less than a reference value (for example, 20 times), and if the count value is less than the reference value, the filter is clogged and dispensing of the coffee beverage is prevented. It is determined that a filter clogging error has occurred. When the control unit 121 determines that a filter clogging error has occurred, it transmits a control signal to the reception unit 122 instructing to display a warning. On the other hand, the transparent extraction process has ended, and there is no need to send a control signal to the manufacturing unit 18 to stop the transparent extraction process, and the control unit 121 does not need to send the determination result to the control device 11.

FIG. 61(b) is a diagram showing a display screen displayed on the information display device 12 when the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. 11 is completed.

Also on the display screen of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 61(b), an animation 12AM composed of a schematic diagram of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is displayed on the right half. Here, extraction from the inverted extraction container 9 has been completed, and the schematic diagram CM of the cup C shows steam rising. Furthermore, the text "Coffee is ready" is displayed in the text display area 12CA on the left side of the display screen. Further, a warning display 12WF urging cleaning of the filter is displayed below the character display area 12CA so as not to overlap with the character display area 12CA.

Although the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 counted the number of times of pressurization, the control unit 11 may perform the counting and transmit the count value to the control unit 121 as a monitoring result. In this case, when the transparent extraction process is completed, the monitoring results until the transparent extraction process is completed are sent to the control unit 121 all at once.

The error determinations in the three processes have been described above, but all error determinations are not performed by the control device 11 that controls the manufacturing department 18 but by the control section 121 of the information display device 12, so the control device 11 is reduced.

Note that the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 may also perform error determination in processes other than those described here. By doing so, the processing load on the control device 11 can be further reduced.

In the above description,
“A first control unit [for example, control unit 121] that controls a reception unit that accepts operations [for example, reception unit 122];
a second control unit [for example, the control device 11] that controls the production unit [for example, the production unit 18] that manufactures the beverage;
Equipped with
The second control unit monitors the manufacturing status of the beverage in the manufacturing unit and transmits the monitoring result [for example, a log] to the first control unit,
The first control unit determines whether an error has occurred in the manufacturing unit based on the monitoring result.
A beverage manufacturing device [for example, beverage manufacturing device 1] characterized in that: ”
explained.

Also,
“A first control unit that accepts operations [for example, control unit 121],
a processing unit [e.g., manufacturing unit 18] that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage;
a second control unit [for example, control device 11] that monitors the processing status in the processing unit and transmits the monitoring result to the first control unit;
Equipped with
The first control unit determines whether an error has occurred in the processing unit based on the monitoring result.
A beverage manufacturing device [for example, beverage manufacturing device 1] characterized in that: ”
Also explained. That is, the manufacturing section described above can be replaced with a processing section, and the same applies below.

Also,
“A first control unit that accepts operations [for example, control unit 121],
a processing unit [e.g., manufacturing unit 18] that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage;
a second control unit [e.g., control device 11] that transmits information regarding the processing unit to the first control unit;
Equipped with
The first control unit determines whether an error has occurred in the processing unit based on the information.
A beverage manufacturing device [for example, beverage manufacturing device 1] characterized in that: ”
Also explained. That is, the monitoring result can be replaced with information regarding the processing unit, and the same applies below.

In addition, the said manufacturing part may be built in the main body, and the said receiving part may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of the said main body. Furthermore, the receiving section may be movably attached to the outer peripheral surface of the main body, or may be attached so that its orientation can be adjusted. The second control section may also be built into the main body. The first control section may be separate from the reception section, or may be integrated with the reception section.

Furthermore, the production department produces a beverage in a broad sense, and includes not only the final production of the beverage, but also preparations before final production, production of intermediates, and the like.

Further, the error may be an error in which the beverage cannot be manufactured, or it may be a preventive error in which the beverage can be manufactured at present, but if left as it is, it will eventually become impossible to manufacture the beverage. Alternatively, the error may be an error that allows beverage production to continue even if left as is (for example, an error completely unrelated to beverage production).

Also,
“When the production of the beverage in the production unit is completed [for example, the permeation extraction process is completed], the second control unit controls the monitoring results [for example, the count value of the number of times of pressurization] until the production is completed. which is transmitted to the first control unit,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The second control unit controls the monitoring result [e.g., motor current value] during the production of the beverage in the production unit at a predetermined cycle [e.g., a cycle of 250 msec] to the first control unit. is sent to the control unit,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“When the first control unit determines that an error has occurred in the manufacturing unit, the first control unit sends an error notification [for example, the error display 12EB of “No Bean Error” shown in FIG. 59, This is an instruction to execute the error display 12EC of “lid unit lock error” shown in b).
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“When the first control unit determines that an error [e.g. no bean error, lid unit lock error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit, the first control unit instructs the second control unit to make the determination. It transmits the results [e.g. judgment results],
When the second control unit receives the determination result, the second control unit stops the production of the beverage in the production unit [for example, the example shown in FIG. 59 or the example shown in FIG. 60(b)],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The manufacturing unit is a unit that crushes the extraction target [for example, the crushing device 5],
The second control unit controls a value that changes based on the resistance when the production unit crushes the extraction target [for example, a current value or a power consumption value, such as a cumulative value, maximum value, or minimum value over a certain period of time. value, average value].
The first control unit determines that an error [e.g., no-bean error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit when the value is less than a reference value.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the second control unit transmits monitoring results regarding the value to the first control unit, and the monitoring result regarding the value may represent the value, or may represent the value. It may also represent whether the value is below the reference value.

Further, the manufacturing unit is electrically driven to crush the extraction target, and the second control unit controls, as the value, an electrical parameter when the manufacturing unit crushes the extraction target. It may be something that monitors a value (for example, a current value or a power consumption value).

Further, the extraction target may be beans or leaves.

Also,
“The first control unit sets, as the reference value, a reference value that varies depending on the hardness of the extraction target [for example, the reference value shown in the table of FIG. 58(b) (reference value included in the recipe)]. The determination is made using:
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The manufacturing unit includes a moving member [e.g., a pair of gripping members 821a] that moves from a first position [e.g., an open position] to a second position [e.g., a closed position]. ,
The second control unit monitors the arrival time of the moving member from the first position to the second position,
The first control unit determines that an error [for example, a lid unit lock error] has occurred in the manufacturing unit when the arrival time exceeds a reference time [for example, 700 msec]. ,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

The second control unit may transmit a monitoring result regarding the arrival time to the first control unit, and the monitoring result regarding the arrival time may represent the arrival time. However, it may also represent whether or not the arrival time exceeds the reference time.

Moreover, the first control unit may set the reference time based on the arrival time of the moving member in an initial operation performed when the beverage manufacturing apparatus is powered on.

Also,
“The production unit [e.g., the extraction device 3] supplies fluid [e.g., steam generated in the reservoirs 725 and 726 and air from the compressor 70] [e.g., the solenoid valve 728, the solenoid valve 73b], and the liquid A beverage produced from and an extraction target is delivered by the pressure of the fluid,
The second control unit monitors the supply condition of the fluid [for example, the number of times the electromagnetic valve is opened (the number of pressurization times)],
The first control unit determines, based on the monitoring result, whether an error that is preventing delivery of the beverage [for example, a filter clogging error] has occurred.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that the second control section may transmit monitoring results regarding the supply condition to the first control section.

The manufacturing unit may include a supply pipe for supplying a fluid, a valve provided on the supply pipe, and an extraction container containing a liquid and an object to be extracted and connected to the supply pipe. Furthermore, the extraction container may be equipped with a filter through which the beverage passes, and the first control unit may detect an error that the filter is clogged based on the monitoring result. It may also be something that determines whether or not it has occurred.

Next, recipe modification based on logs such as response signals and monitoring results transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 will be described.

FIG. 62 is a diagram showing how the modification report window MW1 is displayed on the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32.

In the example described using FIGS. 62 to 67, the recipe list display screen shown in FIG. 32 corresponds to the home screen. As explained using FIG. 58, when the grinding process (step S2) shown in FIG. 121 is monitoring. Although the cumulative value of the current value does not fall below the reference value based on the standard beverage manufacturing device 1 shown in FIG. 58(b), if it approaches within a predetermined range, It can be estimated that with the grinding capacity of No. 1 grinding device 5, it is difficult to grind beans finely to the current grinding particle size value. Therefore, the control unit 121 makes a correction to change the value of the ground bean particle size to a large value. That is, the control unit 121 corrects the parameters based on the log of the current value. For example, if the cumulative value of the current value approaches the reference value within a predetermined range as a result of executing the grinding process (step S2) according to the recipe of "August Recommendation #1", the control unit 121 corrects the value of the ground bean particle size in the recipe to a value obtained by adding 0.3 to that value, and temporarily stores the corrected value. The value added here may be a predetermined value. Alternatively, the value may be a value corresponding to the difference between the cumulative value of the current value and the reference value. In other words, a larger value may be added as the difference is smaller. Then, when the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays a modification report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 on the display unit to notify that the parameter of the ground bean particle size has been changed. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are provided at the bottom of the modification report window MW1. When the return icon W6 is tapped, the modification report window MW1 disappears and the user returns to the recipe list home screen. The parameter of the ground bean particle size in the recipe of "August Recommendation #1" stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 is overwritten with the value obtained by adding 0.3. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, an input window IW3 appears on the display section of the information display device 12.

FIG. 63 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 62 is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 63, the modification report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 disappears, and an input window IW3 is displayed instead. Similarly to the input window IW1 shown in FIG. 52, the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63 also displays the maximum value (MAX 0.40) and minimum value (MIN 0.10) of the modifiable range. A number sequence W8 is displayed in which the numbers between are arranged at intervals of 0.01. An input frame W2 is arranged in the center of the number sequence W8, and in the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63, 028 is located in the input frame W2. The user can move the number sequence W8 by a swipe operation, and can change the numerical value in the input box W2 to a desired value within the modifiable range. Note that the value of the parameter before correction based on the log by the control unit 121 is 0.25, and this value of 0.25 is underlined in the sequence W8 to indicate that it is the value before correction. It is shown. When you tap the decision icon W3 prepared at the bottom, the numerical value located in the input frame W2 is the bean grinding particle size in the recipe of "August Recommendation #1" stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12. is stored as a parameter. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. Furthermore, when the decision icon W3 is tapped, the input window IW3 disappears and the user returns to the recipe list home screen.

FIG. 64 is a diagram showing how a modification report window MW1 different from the modification report window MW1 shown in FIG. 62 is displayed on the recipe list display screen.

As described using FIG. 61, when the transparent extraction process (step S17) shown in FIG. 11 is executed, the control unit 121 of the information display device 12 monitors the count value of the number of times of pressurization. Even when the delivery of the coffee beverage from the brewing container 9 is completed, the valve opening control signal is repeatedly output during the delivery time set by the parameter, and pressurization is repeated. When the delivery of the coffee beverage from the extraction container 9 is completed, a blank brewing state occurs and the number of times of pressurization per unit time increases. The parameters of the delivery time are set based on the condition when the filter becomes clogged to some extent after some time has passed since the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 started operating. When the filter becomes clogged, it takes longer to finish dispensing the coffee beverage from the brewing container 9. Therefore, the sending time is set to be a little longer. After the warning display 12WF urging filter cleaning shown in FIG. 61(b) is displayed and the filter is cleaned, the delivery time set by the parameter will be too long. When the count value of the number of times of pressurization reaches a predetermined number of times that significantly exceeds the standard number of times for checking filter clogging, the delivery of the coffee beverage is completed and the empty brewing state is repeated many times. It is thought that the Therefore, when the count value of the number of times of pressurization reaches a predetermined number of times, the control unit 121 makes a correction to change the value of the delivery time to a value of a shorter time. That is, the control unit 121 corrects the parameters based on the log of the output of the valve opening control signal. The correction of the delivery time parameter here is not limited to a specific recipe, but is a correction to all recipes targeted for this beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays a modification report window MW2 shown in FIG. 64 on the display unit to notify that the sending time parameters have been changed for all recipes. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are also provided at the bottom of the modification report window MW2. When the return icon W6 is tapped, the modification report window MW2 disappears and the user returns to the recipe list home screen. The delivery time parameters for all recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by subtracting 5 seconds. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, an input window IW4 appears on the display section of the information display device 12.

FIG. 65 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 63 is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 65, the modification report window MW2 shown in FIG. 64 disappears, and an input window IW4 is displayed instead. In the input window IW4 shown in FIG. 65, a correction icon W9 and a cancel icon W10 are displayed, prompting the user to tap either one of the icons. When the correction icon W9 is tapped, the delivery time parameters for all recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with a value obtained by subtracting 5 seconds. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, if the cancel icon W10 is tapped, changing the delivery time parameters for all recipes is canceled and the delivery times remain at their original values. Moreover, even if the correction icon W9 is tapped or the cancel icon W10 is tapped, the input window IW4 disappears and the screen returns to the recipe list home screen. Note that even if a predetermined period of time passes without any icon being tapped, the input window IW4 disappears and the screen returns to the recipe list home screen. In this case, the delivery time parameters are modified. However, the original value may be maintained without modification.

When the delivery time parameter is modified to a shorter time, the cycle time for coffee beverage production (the time required to complete the discharge process S4 shown in FIG. 11) can be shortened.

On the other hand, if the count value of the number of pressurizations does not fall below the standard number of times to check for filter clogging, but it approaches a predetermined range, the filter that was previously clean has become clogged. It can be assumed that this has started to occur. Therefore, the control unit 121 corrects the parameter of the delivery pressure based on the air pressure from the compressor 70 during the period T11 shown in FIG. 18 to a large value. That is, the control unit 121 also modifies the parameters based on the log of the output of the valve opening control signal. Similar to the delivery time described above, the correction of the delivery pressure parameter here is not limited to a specific recipe, but is a correction to all recipes targeted for this beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the display on the display unit returns to the home screen, the control unit 121 displays a modification report window on the display unit to notify that the parameters of the delivery pressure have been changed for all recipes.

FIG. 66 is a diagram illustrating an example in which a modification report window notifying that the parameters of the delivery pressure have been changed is displayed.

The modification report window MW3 shown in FIG. 66 notifies the change in the delivery pressure parameter and recommends that the filter be returned to its original value after cleaning. A return icon W6 and a confirmation icon W7 are also provided at the bottom of the modification report window MW3. When the return icon W6 is tapped, the modification report window MW3 disappears and the user returns to the recipe list home screen. The parameters of the delivery pressure in all recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with the value obtained by adding 0.1 atmosphere. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the confirmation icon W7 is tapped, an input window IW5 appears on the display section of the information display device 12.

FIG. 67 is a diagram showing a display screen displayed when the confirmation icon W7 shown in FIG. 66 is tapped.

On the display section of the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 67, the modification report window MW3 shown in FIG. 66 disappears, and an input window IW5 is displayed instead. In the input window IW5 shown in FIG. 67, a correction icon W11 and a cancel icon W12 are displayed. Again, if you clean the filter, it recommends that you return it to its original value, and urges you to tap one of the icons. When the correction icon W11 is tapped, the delivery pressure parameters for all recipes stored in the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12 are overwritten with a value obtained by adding 0.1 atmosphere. Alternatively, the database of this beverage manufacturing device 1 managed by the server 16 is modified. On the other hand, when the cancel icon W12 is tapped, changing the delivery pressure parameters for all recipes is canceled and the delivery pressure remains at its original value. Moreover, even if the correction icon W11 is tapped or the cancel icon W12 is tapped, the input window IW5 disappears and the screen returns to the recipe list home screen. Note that even if a predetermined period of time passes without any icon being tapped, the input window IW5 disappears and the screen returns to the recipe list home screen. In this case, the delivery pressure parameters are modified. However, the original value may be maintained without modification.

If the parameters of the delivery pressure are modified to a higher pressure, the difficulty in delivering the coffee beverage can be reduced.

In addition, when modifying parameters based on the log, a confirmation icon W7 is provided so that the user can confirm the modification, but it is also possible to modify the parameter without asking the user to confirm it, and the modification itself is also transparent to the user. may be amended without notifying.

Also, based on the history information of coffee extracted from a certain coffee bean (e.g. coffee beans from Panama) in the log, the recipe for extracting coffee from another coffee bean (e.g. coffee beans from Costa Rica) is modified. You can do it like this. For example, if it is determined that the coffee delivery time is longer than the threshold by referring to the history information when coffee is extracted from a certain coffee bean (for example, Panamanian coffee beans), the filter may be slightly clogged as described above. This can occur not only when extracting coffee from one coffee bean (e.g. coffee beans from Panama), but also when extracting coffee from another coffee bean (e.g. coffee beans from Costa Rica). Coffee may be extracted not according to the recipe but by a partially different beverage manufacturing operation based on historical information (log), such as increasing the coffee delivery pressure in the recipe by 5%.

In addition, when coffee is extracted using a beverage manufacturing operation that partially differs from the recipe based on history information (log), information regarding the beverage manufacturing operation that partially differs from the recipe is extracted. It may be included in the history information (log) of, or may be stored in association with the history information (log).

In addition, when coffee is extracted by making some of the beverage manufacturing operations different from the recipe based on historical information (log), it is possible to extract coffee in a manner different from that when coffee is extracted by the beverage manufacturing operations according to the recipe. , it may be possible to notify that the coffee is not brewed according to the recipe. For example, when brewing coffee according to a beverage manufacturing operation according to a recipe, the time until the coffee extraction is completed is displayed as a black number, but based on history information (log), some of the time is due to a beverage manufacturing operation that differs from the recipe. When brewing coffee, the time required to complete coffee extraction may be displayed in red numbers.

Furthermore, the types of parameters to be modified based on the logs are not limited to the grinding particle size, delivery time, and delivery pressure described here.

In the above description,
“An acquisition unit [for example, the information display device 12 or the processing unit 121a] that acquires a recipe used in part or all of the steps of manufacturing a beverage;
Parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means [for example, amount of beans, ground particle size of beans, amount of steaming water, steaming time, amount of extracted hot water (amount of hot water injected), first main hot water supply amount, second main hot water supply amount, addition Pressure hot water supply amount, extraction pressure, extraction time, rest time before rotation, rest time after rotation, delivery time, delivery pressure, name of the beans, country of origin of the beans, degree of roasting of the beans, name of the recipe creator, etc.) a processing means [for example, the control device 11 or the processing section 11a] that executes processing for producing a beverage;
A manufacturing means that operates according to the process executed by the processing means to manufacture a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14 shown in FIG. 31 (the crushing device 5 and the extraction device 3 shown in FIG. 3)],
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
The processing means makes corrections based on logs related to at least one of the processing means and the manufacturing means [for example, response signals and monitoring results transmitted from the control device 11 to the control unit 121 of the information display device 12]. The process for producing the beverage can be executed by referring to the parameters [for example, the ground bean particle size in the example shown in FIG. 62, the delivery time in the example shown in FIG. 64, and the delivery pressure shown in FIG. 66]. ,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
explained.

It should be noted that the term "manufacturing a beverage" as used herein has a broad meaning, and includes not only the final manufacturing of the beverage, but also preparations prior to final manufacturing, manufacturing of intermediates, and the like.

Further, there may be a plurality of types of manufacturing means, and the recipe may include parameters for each of the plurality of types of manufacturing means, or there may be a plurality of types of parameters for one manufacturing means, and the recipe may include: It may include multiple types of parameters for one manufacturing method.

Further, the recipe may be downloaded from a server via a communication network. Further, the restriction in this case may be that downloading is prohibited.

Further, an acquisition unit that acquires a recipe including parameters [for example, the information display device 12 or the I/F unit 11c] and a processing unit that executes processing for manufacturing a beverage [for example, the actuator group 14, the manufacturing unit 18], The beverage manufacturing apparatus may include a control section [for example, the control device 11 or the processing section 11a] that controls the processing section according to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition section.

Also,
``Comprising a second processing means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] that acquires the log,
The second processing means converts the parameters referred to by the processing means into the acquired log [for example, the current value of the motor when grinding roasted coffee beans, the valve in the transmission extraction process (step S17)] the opening control signal].
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``A selection display that allows the user to select whether or not to modify the parameter [for example, the display in the input window IW3 shown in FIG. 63, the display in the input window IW4 shown in FIG. 65, the display in the input window IW5 shown in FIG. 67] A display means for displaying (for example, a display section of the information display device 12) is provided,
The second processing means causes the display means to display the selection display based on the acquired log,
When the user selects to modify the parameter in the selection display [for example, when the user taps the decision icon W3 with 028 located in the input frame W2 shown in FIG. 63, or when the user chooses to modify the parameter as shown in FIG. When the icon W9 is tapped or when the modification icon W11 shown in FIG. 67 is tapped], the second processing means modifies the parameter based on the log, and the processing means Perform processing to produce beverages with reference to;
If the user does not select to modify the parameters in the selection display [for example, if the user taps the decision icon W3 with 025 positioned in the input frame W2 as shown in FIG. 63, or as shown in FIG. When the cancel icon W10 is tapped or when the cancel icon W12 shown in FIG.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Equipped with a storage unit that stores the parameters [for example, the storage unit 121b of the information display device 12],
The second processing means [for example, the processing unit 121a of the information display device 12] acquires the parameters from the storage means,
The storage means newly stores the parameters modified by the second processing means,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Here, newly storing may be overwriting or additional writing.

Also,
``Equipped with an extraction container [e.g., extraction container 9] in which the liquid and the extraction target are stored,
The manufacturing means repeatedly supplies fluid to the extraction container for a predetermined period of time (e.g., delivery time set by a parameter) [e.g., compressor 70, piping L1, and electromagnetic valve 73b],
A beverage produced from the liquid and the extraction target is sent out from the extraction container by the pressure of the fluid supplied from the production means,
The parameter is a value representing the predetermined time [e.g., sending time] [e.g., FIGS. 64 and 65],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
“The log related to the manufacturing means is a log indicating that fluid has been supplied to the extraction container [for example, a valve opening control signal of the electromagnetic valve 73b],
As a result of counting the number of times of fluid supply [e.g., number of times of pressurization] during the predetermined time based on the log, if the count result is greater than the standard number of times, the predetermined time [e.g., delivery time] is a short time. modified to [e.g., FIGS. 64 and 65],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``Equipped with an extraction container [e.g., extraction container 9] in which the liquid and the extraction target are stored,
The manufacturing means is one that supplies fluid to the extraction container [for example, the compressor 70, the piping L1, and the solenoid valve 73b],
A beverage produced from the liquid and the extraction target is sent out from the extraction container by the pressure of the fluid supplied from the production means,
The parameter is a value representing the pressure of the fluid supplied from the manufacturing means [for example, the value of the delivery pressure due to air pressure from the compressor 70] [for example, FIGS. 66 and 67],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``The log related to the manufacturing means represents that fluid was supplied to the extraction container,
As a result of counting the number of times of fluid supply [e.g., number of times of pressurization] during a predetermined time based on the log, if the count result is less than the standard number of times, the pressure [e.g., delivery pressure] is corrected to a higher pressure. [e.g., FIGS. 66 and 67],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Also,
``The manufacturing means is a crushing means [for example, the crushing device 5] that crushes roasted coffee beans to obtain ground beans, and the crushing means is capable of adjusting the ground particle size of the roasted coffee beans,
The log related to the manufacturing means includes values that change based on the resistance when the grinding means grinds roasted coffee beans [for example, current values and power consumption values, such as cumulative values, maximum values, and minimum values over a certain period of time]. value, average value],
The parameter is the value of the grinding particle size [for example, FIGS. 62 and 63],
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: ”
Also explained.

Note that if the value is lower than a threshold based on the log, the grinding grain size may be modified to a larger grain size.

Furthermore, in the above description, any constituent elements expressed as ~means can be replaced with ~parts.

Next, other examples of recipe display on the information display device 12 will be described using FIGS. 68 to 71. Note that the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 68 to 71 are used only for explanations using FIGS. In the explanation using FIG. 71, priority will be given to the symbols shown in FIGS. 68 to 71.

FIG. 71 is a diagram showing another example of a recipe display displayed on the information display device 12. In this embodiment, the parameters of the recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 can be displayed as a chart, as shown in the screen 2101 of FIG. 71(a). Note that in this embodiment, the term "chart" includes the meanings of various forms of expression such as diagrams, tables, and graphs. On the screen 2101, charts 2102, 2103, 2104, and 2105 representing measured values in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 acquired based on the recipe, and a recipe chart 2106 representing the values of parameters of the recipe are displayed. In the screen 2101, the horizontal axis represents each control process of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 explained in FIG. 11 etc., and the vertical axis represents the size of each parameter.

Chart 2102 is the measured value of the pressure inside the extraction container 9, and chart 2103 is the measured value of the temperature of the coffee beverage pouring part 10c. Moreover, the chart 2104 is a measured value of the temperature of the flow path, for example, a measured value of the temperature sensor 73e provided in the pipe L3. Further, a chart 2105 shows measured values of the temperature of the water in the water tank 72. These measured values are not limited to those shown in FIG. 71(a), and other values measured within the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 may be displayed.

The recipe chart 2106 represents recipe parameters registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and FIG. 71(a) represents the pressure in the extraction container 9 among the registered recipe parameters. Although FIG. 71A shows the pressure inside the extraction container 9 as an example of the recipe chart 2106, other parameters such as the amount of hot water inside the extraction container 9 may be used. A screen 2101 as shown in FIG. 71(a) may allow the user to compare the parameters represented by the recipe and the measured values in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. Note that the user may be a staff member or administrator who provides the coffee beverage using the beverage manufacturing device 1, or a general customer who has ordered the coffee beverage.

The process for displaying the screen 2101 in FIG. 71(a) will be described below.

FIG. 69 is a diagram showing an example of a screen 1901 for displaying the screen 2101 of FIG. 71(a). The screen 1901 is, for example, a maintenance screen that can be viewed by the administrator of the beverage manufacturing device 1. The screen 1901 displays, for example, the status of each part such as the motor driver and water level sensor, and the execution items of the test mode. Button 1902 on screen 1901 is an instruction button for displaying screen 2101 based on the recipe registered in beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. When the button 1902 is pressed, the recipe chart 2106 on the screen 2101 is switched from the recipe in table format displayed as shown in FIG. 70, for example.

FIG. 70 is a diagram showing an example in which each parameter of a recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is displayed in a table format. For example, the recipe 2001 in FIG. 70 may be obtained based on the settings set on the setting screen displayed on the mobile terminal 17 shown in FIG. It may also be based on the content. Alternatively, it may be based on the content received on the information display device 12 when the coffee beverage is delivered by the beverage manufacturing device 1. For example, the recipe 2001 is acquired by pressing the load button 1909 on the screen 1901, and displayed by pressing the recipe change button 1908. That is, the user may be able to display registered recipe information in a table format and then display it as a chart on the screen 2101 using the button 1902. A set value 2002 of the recipe 2001 indicates a set value accepted on the setting screen, and a transmitted value 2003 is a value for controlling the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. The setting value 2002 and the transmission value 2003 have a unit-converted relationship, and for example, the transmission value 2003 for the extraction time "8" means a value converted to "8000" seconds.

A selection item 1903 on the screen 1901 accepts selection of an option when displaying a recipe in a chart. That is, the measured values for the selected items are displayed together with the recipe chart 2106 on the screen 2101. For example, when item 1905 is selected, chart 2105 is displayed on screen 2101. For example, when item 1906 is selected, chart 2104 is displayed on screen 2101. Further, for example, when item 1907 is selected, chart 2103 is displayed on screen 2101. The selection items 1903 display a number of optional items depending on the types of measurement values that can be displayed on the screen 2101.

When button 1902 is pressed with item 1904 selected, only recipe chart 2106 is displayed, as shown in screen 2111 in FIG. 71(b). Such display control may narrow down the information displayed on the screen and improve the convenience of the user in correcting recipe parameters (changing the recipe).

On the recipe chart 2106 on the screen 2111, the user can correct recipe parameters by touch operation or the like. As a user change operation, it is possible to accept a movement of a point represented by a black circle on the recipe chart 2106, for example, in the direction of the time axis or the direction of the parameter size. At this time, when accepting a movement of one point in the direction of the parameter size, adjacent points are also moved in conjunction with each other in that process. For example, when moving point 2112 in the "weight after rotation" process in a direction that increases the pressure value (i.e. upward in the figure), the adjacent point 2113 in the "weight after rotation" process will also move to increase the pressure value. Move it in the direction of increasing it.

In the above description, only the recipe chart 2106 is displayed when item 1904 is selected, but it may be displayed together with the items selected from items 1905 to 1907. With such a configuration, the user may be able to change the recipe while comparing it with desired measured values. When the save button 1910 on the screen 1901 is pressed after the correction of recipe parameters is accepted on the screen 2111, the recipe including information on the changed parameters is registered as a changed recipe. Further, although an example has been shown in which the recipe is modified by modifying the recipe chart 2106, a chart such as the measured values 2102 to 2105 may be registered as a recipe and called up at the time of beverage production so that it can be used as a recipe. In addition, charts such as measured values 2102 to 2105 can be corrected on the screen 2101 using the same method (for example, touch operation) that has been exemplified as the method of correcting the recipe chart 2106, and registered as a recipe. You can also call it up and make it available as a recipe. In addition, although a chart of the target pressure in the extraction container 9 has been illustrated as a recipe chart representing the values of recipe parameters, a chart of the target amount of hot water at a predetermined location inside the coffee machine (for example, the extraction container 9), A temperature chart and a water temperature chart are displayed on the screen 2101 as a recipe chart, and the recipe chart 2106 is modified using the same method (for example, touch operation) as an example of how to modify it and registered as a recipe. It may also be called up at any time and made available as a recipe.

FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing recipe chart display processing. The processing in FIG. 68 is realized, for example, by the processing unit 11a loading and executing a program stored in the storage unit 11b.

In S101, the processing unit 11a waits to receive an instruction to display the recipe chart 2106. Here, the instruction to display the recipe chart 2106 is, for example, pressing the button 1902. If it is determined that the instruction to display the recipe chart 2106 has been accepted, the process advances to S102.

In S102, the processing unit 11a acquires option information for displaying the recipe chart 2106. Here, the option information is, for example, selection information of items 1904 to 1907 of selection item 1903.

In S103, the processing unit 11a generates display data based on the option information acquired in S102. For example, each measurement value of the item selected in items 1905 to 1907 is acquired, and display data for displaying a chart is generated. Furthermore, display data for displaying the recipe chart 2106 is generated based on the recipe 2001 in FIG. 70. In S104, the processing unit 11a causes the information display device 12 to display the data based on the display data generated in S103. At that time, control may be performed so that either the screen 2101 or the screen 2111 is displayed depending on the selection status of the selection item 1903.

In S105, the processing unit 11a determines whether or not there is a correction to the recipe chart 2106. For example, if the point 2112 moves on the screen 2111 and the save button 1910 on the screen 1901 is pressed, it is determined that the recipe chart 2106 needs to be corrected. If it is determined that there is no correction to the recipe chart 2106, the process in FIG. 68 ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the recipe chart 2106 needs to be corrected, the process advances to S106.

In S106, the processing unit 11a registers the recipe including the parameters corrected on the screen 2111 as a changed recipe. At this time, the changed recipe may be registered (that is, updated) in place of the recipe before the change, or the recipe may be registered together with the recipe before the change by accepting a designation of a different name. After S106, the process in FIG. 68 ends.

In the above description, the screens shown in FIGS. 69 to 71 have been described as being displayed on the information display device 12. However, the information may be displayed not on the information display device 12 but on a device different from the beverage manufacturing device 1. For example, the screens shown in FIGS. 69 to 71 may be displayed on the mobile terminal 17 shown in FIG. 10 or a PC connected to the communication network 15. In that case, the processing unit 11a transmits data (for example, an HTML file) for displaying the screens shown in FIGS. 69 to 71 to the mobile terminal 17 or PC in the system via the communication network 15. With such a configuration, for example, a user (for example, an administrator) in a remote location can change a recipe registered in the beverage manufacturing device 1 on his own maintenance PC, and the content of the changed recipe can be changed. may be transmitted to the beverage manufacturing device 1.

Note that the recipe chart display process shown in FIG. 68 may be performed by the processing unit of the information display device 12 by loading a program stored in the storage unit.

<Summary of embodiments>
The beverage manufacturing apparatus of the above embodiment includes a display control means (S104) for displaying information on parameters of registered recipes in a chart on a display unit (12, 17), and a display control means (S104) for displaying information on parameters of registered recipes in a chart, and information on the parameters displayed by the display control means. It is characterized by comprising a reception means (S105) that accepts an operation to change information, and a registration means (S106) that registers a recipe including information on parameters changed by the change operation as a changed recipe. With such a configuration, when the parameter information of a recipe is displayed in a chart and an operation to change the parameter information is accepted, the recipe including the changed parameter information can be registered as a changed recipe.

Further, the changing operation is a changing operation for at least one of the size of the parameter and the time width (FIG. 71(b)). Further, the change operation is a change operation on a chart (FIG. 71(b)). With such a configuration, it is possible to accept an operation for changing at least one of the size and time width of a parameter on the chart.

Further, the display control means is characterized in that it further causes the display unit to display the measured value obtained based on the registered recipe (FIG. 71(a)). With such a configuration, for example, changes in pressure obtained based on a recipe can be displayed.

Further, the method further includes an acquisition unit (1909) that acquires information on the parameters represented by the registered recipe. With such a configuration, for example, parameter information stored in a table format can be acquired.

Further, the display unit (12) is provided in the beverage manufacturing device. Further, the display unit (17) is provided in a device different from the beverage manufacturing device. With such a configuration, information on recipe parameters can be displayed in a chart on a display section provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus or on a display section provided in a device different from the beverage manufacturing apparatus.

Next, using FIGS. 72 to 114, the user who receives the beverage can easily select at least one of the beverage type, beverage raw materials, and beverage manufacturing method based on the desired characteristics of the beverage. I will explain the innovations I made. Note that the reference numerals shown in FIGS. 72 to 114 are, in principle, used only for explanations using FIGS. In the explanation using FIG. 114, priority will be given to the symbols shown in FIGS. 72 to 114.

First, an application system (hereinafter simply referred to as a system) including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 72. FIG. 72 is a diagram showing the overall configuration of a system 1200 including the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. System 1200 includes a server 1201, a mobile terminal 1202, an information display device 1203, and a beverage manufacturing device 1204. Here, the beverage manufacturing device 1204 corresponds to the beverage manufacturing device 1 and the information display device 1203 corresponds to the information display device 12. The mobile terminal 1202 is, for example, a smartphone owned by the user. A server 1201, a mobile terminal 1202, and an information display device 1203 are connected to be able to communicate with each other via a network 1205 such as the Internet. The information display device 1203 and the beverage manufacturing device 1204 exist, for example, in a store that provides coffee beans and beverages, and connect the information display device 1203 and the mobile terminal 1202 owned by the user using a wireless communication technology such as Bluetooth (registered trademark). Distance wireless communication is possible.

In the system 1200, the server 1201 can provide various coffee-related services (functions) using an application downloaded to the mobile terminal 1202. The functions provided by the server 1201 include, for example, a service related to points that can be used at stores (cafes, etc.), a mail order site service for coffee beans, a review service related to purchasing such as comments and ratings, and a custom recipe service described below. Further, the services provided by the server 1201 are not limited to these, and include, for example, a cafe search service and processing of photographic data taken by the mobile terminal 1202 in order to upload the coffee ordered by the user to SNS. It may also include services for By starting the application downloaded from the server 1201 by clicking or the like, the user can enjoy various coffee-related services as described above.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing the configuration of the server 1201. The processing unit 1301 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the server 1201 in an integrated manner. The operation of the server 1201 in this aspect is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1301 loading a program stored in the storage unit 1303 into the memory 1302 and executing it. The memory 1302 is also used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1301. The storage unit 1303 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for the operation of the server 1201. Further, various types of databases 1309 are constructed in the storage unit 1303, and the databases are constructed based on, for example, review information, comment information, and recipe custom information transmitted from each user's mobile terminal 1202. Furthermore, the storage unit 1303 stores various types of applications 1310, for example, applications that can provide the above-mentioned services. A user can download an application to the mobile terminal 1202 by accessing the server 1201 via the mobile terminal 1202.

The communication interface (I/F) 1304 is configured depending on the medium of the network 1205, such as wired or wireless. The display unit 1305 is, for example, a display, and displays a user interface screen to an administrator who constructs the database 1309, for example. Further, the operation unit 1306 is, for example, a keyboard or a mouse, and can accept operations from the administrator.

The data processing unit 1307 includes, for example, a GPU, and executes processing based on big data transmitted from each user's mobile terminal 1202. Big data transmitted from each user's mobile terminal 1202 may be constructed as the database 1309, or processing results in the data processing unit 1307 may be constructed as the database 1309. The parts in FIG. 73 can be connected to each other via a bus 1308.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing the configuration of the mobile terminal 1202. As described above, the mobile terminal 1202 is, for example, a smartphone owned by the user. The processing unit 1401 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the mobile terminal 1202 in an integrated manner. The operation of the mobile terminal 1202 in this aspect is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1401 loading a program stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing it. The memory 1402 is also used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1401. The storage unit 1403 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for operating the mobile terminal 1202. Furthermore, the storage unit 1403 stores an application 1310 downloaded from the server 1201.

A microphone 1404 inputs a user's voice, and a speaker 1405 outputs another user's voice or reproduces a message based on predetermined voice data. The imaging unit 1406 is a camera and generates imaging data of still images and moving images. The display unit 1407 is a touch panel, and displays, for example, an icon for starting the application 1310 and various user interface screens related to the application 1310. Furthermore, the display unit 1407 can accept operations from the user via a touch panel. The operation unit 1408 can accept operations from the user, and is, for example, a power button or a volume control button.

The communication I/F 1409 is configured according to the medium of the network 1205, such as wired or wireless. The short-range wireless communication I/F 1410 communicates using a communication method different from that of the communication I/F 1409, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In this aspect, the mobile terminal 1202 can transmit recipe custom information and the like to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I/F 1410. The parts shown in FIG. 74 can be connected to each other via a bus 1411.

FIG. 75 is a diagram showing the configuration of the information display device 1203. As described above, the information display device 1203 corresponds to the information display device 12. The processing unit 1501 includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the information display device 1203 in an integrated manner. The operation of the information display device 1203 in this aspect is realized, for example, by the processing unit 1501 loading a program stored in the storage unit 1503 into the memory 1502 and executing it. The memory 1502 is used as a working memory of the CPU of the processing unit 1501. The storage unit 1503 stores basic control programs, data, and parameters for the operation of the information display device 1203.

The communication I/F 1504 is configured according to the medium of the network 1205, such as wired or wireless. The short-range wireless communication I/F 1505 communicates using a communication method different from that of the communication I/F 1504, and is, for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark). In this aspect, the information display device 1203 can receive recipe custom information and the like from the mobile terminal 1202 via the short-range wireless communication I/F 1505.

The display unit 1507 is a touch panel and displays a user interface screen for the user to use the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204. Further, the operation unit 1508 can accept operations from the user, and includes hardware keys such as determination. When the display section 1507 is a touch panel, the operation section 1508 may be realized as software keys on the touch panel.

The imaging unit 1509 is a camera and generates imaging data of still images. The imaging unit 1509 can, for example, take an image of beans brought into a store by a user or take an image of a two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. By capturing an image of the two-dimensional code displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202, the information display device 1203 can perform communication with the mobile terminal 1202 other than through the communication I/F 1504 or the short-range wireless communication I/F 1505. communication method becomes possible. The main body I/F 1506 is an interface unit with the control device 11, and transmits, for example, coffee bean selection information and extraction profile information set by the user to the control device 11 via the display unit 1507 and the operation unit 1508. . The parts in FIG. 75 can be connected to each other via a bus 1510.

FIG. 76 is a diagram for explaining the flow from the user customizing a recipe using the mobile terminal 1202 to extracting coffee using the beverage manufacturing device 1204 in the system 1200.

First, the user starts the application 1310 downloaded in advance from the server 1201 by clicking on the icon displayed on the display section 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202 (step 1601). When the application 1310 is started on the mobile terminal 1202, a login screen for logging into the server 1201 is displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. The user enters the ID and password obtained in advance on the login screen (step 1602). If the authentication at the server 1201 is successful, the server 1201 returns the TOP screen of the application 1310 to the mobile terminal 1202.

FIG. 78 is a diagram showing an example of the TOP screen of the application 1310 displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202. In the display area 1801, the name “ABC app” of the application 1310 is displayed. Furthermore, the display area 1802 displays the current points possessed by the user. The user can use these points to purchase coffee beans at an online shop, for example. In the display area 1803, a list of services that can be provided by the application 1310 is displayed. The user can click on each of the display areas 1804, 1805, 1806, and 1807, and when any one is clicked, the screen for that service is displayed.

The display area 1804 is a store search service, and for example, the user can search for a cafe that is a point service member store. The display area 1805 is a review service, and, for example, the user can post comments and evaluate the cafes they have visited. A display area 1806 is a coffee bean mail order service where the user can browse an online coffee bean shop and purchase coffee beans. Display area 1807 is a custom recipe service that allows the user to adjust the extraction profile on mobile terminal 1202.

FIG. 79 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks on display area 1805. In the display area 1901, the name “ABC app” of the application 1310 is displayed. Further, rating information is displayed in the display area 1902, and the user can rate the coffee purchased at the cafe visited. Further, a comment field is displayed in the display area 1903, and the user can enter a comment about the cafe visited. When the post button 1904 is pressed, the content input by the user in this review service is confirmed. In this aspect, when the content is confirmed by pressing the post button 1904, the confirmed content is transmitted to the server 1201. With such a configuration, the server 1201 can collect review information from each user and have the data processing unit 1307 analyze it.

FIG. 80 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks on display area 1807. The user can adjust the amount of hot water to be extracted, etc. on the mobile terminal 1202 using the screen shown in FIG. The screen in FIG. 80 is basically the same as the setting items displayed on the information display device 1203, and the user can adjust the amount of hot water to be extracted to the desired value on the mobile terminal 1202 before visiting the cafe. You can keep it.

The display area 2001 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of beans. Further, the display area 2002 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the grinding grain size. Further, the display area 2003 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of steaming water. Further, the display area 2004 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the steaming time. Further, the display area 2005 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the amount of hot water to be extracted. Further, the display area 2006 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the extraction pressure. Further, the display area 2007 allows the user to arbitrarily adjust and set the extraction time.

Button 2008 is a button for confirming the contents of display areas 2001 to 2007. In the case of FIG. 80, when button 2008 is pressed, the contents of display areas 2001 to 2007 are saved and a two-dimensional code is displayed. A user can convey the contents of display areas 2001 to 2007 to information display device 1203 by visiting a cafe and holding the two-dimensional code displayed on mobile terminal 1202 over imaging unit 1509 of information display device 1203. Button 2008 does not have to be a button for displaying a two-dimensional code. For example, it may be a button to confirm and save the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007, or a button to send the contents of the display areas 2001 to 2007 to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I/F 1410. You can also do it.

By allowing the user to adjust the parameters for brewing a coffee beverage as shown in FIG. 80 on the mobile terminal 1202, the user can easily enjoy the feeling of brewing coffee like a barista. In this aspect, parameters for brewing a coffee beverage as shown in FIG. 80 are referred to as a brewing profile or recipe.

Refer to FIG. 76 again. When the mobile terminal 1202 receives the TOP screen from the server 1201 in step 1603, the user clicks on the display area 1807 to adjust and set the extraction profile on FIG. 80 (step 1604). Then, as described above, the user visits the cafe and transmits the setting information from the mobile terminal 1202 to the information display device 1203 (step 1605). Here, the setting information is, for example, the contents of display areas 2001 to 2007 in FIG. 80. Furthermore, the setting information may be conveyed by a two-dimensional code or by short-range wireless communication.

When the information display device 1203 acquires the setting information, the information display device 1203 transmits the setting information to the control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1204 via the main body I/F 1506 (step 1606). In the beverage manufacturing device 1204, a coffee beverage is extracted based on the setting information (step 1607).

FIG. 77 is a diagram for explaining the flow from the user customizing a recipe on the information display device 1203 to the extraction of coffee by the beverage manufacturing device 1204 in the system 1200.

In FIG. 76, the user has adjusted the extraction profile on the mobile terminal 1202, whereas in FIG. 77, the user adjusts the extraction profile on the information display device 1203 at a cafe.

The user adjusts and sets the extraction profile on the user interface screen displayed on the display unit 1507 of the information display device 1203 (step 1701). Here, basically the same items as those displayed in FIG. 80 are displayed on the user interface screen. When the information display device 1203 acquires the setting information, the information display device 1203 transmits the setting information to the control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing device 1204 via the main body I/F 1506 (step 1702). In the beverage manufacturing device 1204, a coffee beverage is extracted based on the setting information (step 1703).

FIG. 81 is a diagram showing an example of a service screen displayed when the user clicks on display area 1807. The user can adjust any parameter of the extraction profile, such as the amount of hot water to be extracted, on the mobile terminal 1202 using the screen shown in FIG. The screen in FIG. 81 is basically the same as the setting items displayed on the information display device 1203, and the user can adjust the amount of hot water to be extracted to the desired value on the mobile terminal 1202 before visiting the cafe. You can keep it. Note that the display areas 2001 to 2008 are the same as those in FIG. 80, so their description will be omitted.

The service screen shown in FIG. 81 includes a "taste search" button 2101, an "image search" button 2102, a "history search" button 2103, and an "order" button 2104. The “taste search” button 2101, the “image search” button 2102, and the “history search” button 2103 acquire information (beverage information) regarding any of the beverage characteristic information, extraction profile, raw materials, and price from the server 1201. Pressed by the user to start processing.

<First aspect>
In this aspect, a process executed by the mobile terminal 1202 when the user presses the "taste search" button 2101 will be described.

FIG. 82 is a flowchart showing the processing of the mobile terminal 1202. The processing shown in FIG. 82 is realized by the processing unit 1401 loading a program (app) stored in the storage unit 1403 into the memory 1402 and executing it.

First, in S2201, the processing unit 1401 controls the display unit 1407 to display a setting screen for acquiring beverage information. Details of the setting screen will be described later with reference to FIG. 83. The processing unit 1401 that displayed the setting screen 2300 of FIG. 83 in S2201 advances the process to S2202 and waits until a user operation is received via the display unit 1407, the operation unit 1408, or the microphone 1404. If the processing unit 1401 determines that the user operation has been accepted (Yes in S2202), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2203 and determines whether the operation received in S2202 is a press of the "Reflect on Recipe" button. to decide. If the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is not a press of the “Reflect on Recipe” button (No in S2203), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2204 to switch the characteristics used to obtain beverage information. Determine whether or not. If the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is to switch characteristics (Yes in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2208 and updates the screen to display the changed characteristics. If the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is not a characteristic switching (No in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2205 and determines whether a characteristic level has been selected. If the user operation received by the processing unit 1401 is to select a characteristic level (Yes in S2205), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2206, and retrieves information regarding the characteristic (characteristic information ) to obtain. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2207 and updates the screen. The process when the "Reflect on Recipe" button is pressed in S2203 (Yes in S2203) will be described later.

Next, FIG. 83 shows an example of the setting screen displayed in S2201. Setting screen 2300 includes a graph area 2301 and a legend area 2302. In the example of FIG. 83, it is assumed that only the axes are displayed in the graph area 2301 of the initial setting screen 2300.

In the example of FIG. 83, characteristics related to coffee taste (“bitterness,” “sweetness,” “sourness,” “aroma,” “aftertaste,” and “richness”) can be selected in the legend area 2302, and “bitterness” ”, “sweet”, and “sour” are selected. In the following description, the parameters used to obtain coffee beverage information will be referred to as "characteristics" unless otherwise specified. Note that the characteristics selected for acquiring beverage information on the initial display of the setting screen may be stored in the program as default values, or may be settable by the user.

The graph area 2301 contains information set by the user as the axes of the graph (in this example, a three-axis radar chart) that correspond to the characteristics "bitterness," "sweetness," and "sourness" selected in the legend area 2302. “Bitterness” 2303, “sourness” 2304, and “sweetness” 2305 are displayed. Further, a plurality of values (levels) can be selected for each axis, and in this embodiment, it is assumed that integers from 0 to 40 can be selected as the lowest level and highest level of each characteristic.

Note that in this embodiment, the explanation will be given assuming that each of "bitterness" 2303, "sourness" 2304, and "sweetness" 2305 can be selected from a level from 0 to 40, but different characteristics have different minimum levels and It may be possible to select at least one of the highest levels. For example, the characteristic "bitterness" 2303 may have selectable levels from 0 to 40, and the characteristic "sour taste" 2304 may have selectable levels from 0 to 20. Furthermore, depending on the characteristics, the level may not be a numerical value, and may be, for example, "present" or "absent", or "weak", "medium", or "strong". In other words, it is sufficient if one characteristic can take a plurality of values. Selectable levels for each of these characteristics may be stored in the program as default values.

Here, assume that a point 2306 corresponding to level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" 2303 is pressed on the setting screen 2300 in FIG. 83 . In this case, since the operation received in S2202 is not a press of the "Reflect on Recipe" button (No in S2203), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2204. In S2204, it is determined whether the operation received in S2202 is a characteristic switching. Switching of characteristics refers to changing the selection of characteristics in the legend area 2302 of FIG. 83. Since the operation at point 2306 does not correspond to switching characteristics (No in S2204), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2205. In S2205, it is determined whether the operation received in S2202 is a selection of a characteristic level. Since the operation at point 2306 is to select the level of the characteristic (level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness") (Yes in S2205), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2206. In S2206, the mobile terminal 1202 acquires characteristic information from the database 1309 of the server 1201 based on the level of the characteristic specified by the user's operation.

Here, referring to FIG. 101, an example of data held by the database 1309 is shown. FIG. 101(A) is a user information database (DB) 4110 that stores information regarding drinks ordered by users. FIG. 101(B) is a preparation profile DB 4120 that stores preparation profile IDs and parameters of the corresponding preparation profiles. FIG. 101(C) is a property information DB 4130 that stores property information and corresponding raw material information and preparation profile ID.

User information DB 4110 includes user identifier 4111, date and time information 4112, bean information 4113, production area information 4114, roasting degree information 4115, preparation profile ID 4116, machine information 4117, rate information 4118, and comment information 4119. The user identifier 4111 may be any information that allows the user to be identified by the server 1201, and includes, in one example, a user identifier (ID). In another example, user identifier 4111 includes at least one of a user's email address, a mobile device identifier, and a user's name. The date and time information 4112 includes information corresponding to the date and time when the user ordered the drink. Bean information 4113 indicating the type of beans, production area information 4114 indicating the production area of the beans, and roasting degree information 4115 indicating the degree of roasting of the beans are called raw material information. Further, the preparation profile ID 4116 stores a key for acquiring data stored in the preparation profile DB 4120. Machine information 4117 stores the identifier of the machine that prepared the beverage. The rate 4118 and the comment 4119 store the user's evaluation value and comment 4119 for the beverage, which were obtained through the service screen in FIG. 79.

The preparation profile DB 4120 includes a preparation profile ID 4121 and at least one of the following: amount of beans 4122, grinding particle size 4123, steaming water amount 4124, steaming time 4125, extraction hot water amount 4126, extraction pressure 4127, and extraction time 4128. including. In one example, the preparation profile includes the items in the display area of FIG.

The characteristic information DB 4130 includes bean information 4131, production area information 4132, roasting degree information 4133, preparation profile ID 4134, bitterness 4135, sweetness 4136, sourness 4137, priority 4138, and price 4139. Bitterness 4135, sweetness 4136, sourness 4137, etc. are characteristic information, and the characteristic information in the characteristic information DB 4130 includes the characteristics "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", and "fragrance" displayed in the legend area 2302 of FIG. , "aftertaste", and "richness".

In one example, data is added to the user information DB 4110 when the user orders a drink or when the user rates or comments on the ordered drink from the server 1201 via the mobile terminal 1202. Further, data may be added to the characteristic information DB 4130 by an authorized user such as a store selling coffee or a barista.

In S2206, the processing unit 1401 transmits to the server 1201 the level of the characteristic specified by the user's operation (level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" in the example of FIG. 83), and requests acquisition of characteristic information. For example, in S2206, the processing unit 1401 may acquire characteristic information based on the level of the characteristic specified by the user's operation (in the example of FIG. 83, level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness"). Upon receiving the characteristic level, the server 1201 determines from the characteristic information database whether data corresponding to the characteristic level specified by the user's operation exists, and searches for a dataset containing the matching characteristic level. . In this aspect, a data set refers to one row of data stored in the characteristic information DB 4130. In the example of FIG. 101, the server 1201 stores the data set (A, COL (Colombia), light roast, 1, 30) in the first row of the characteristic information DB 4130 of FIG. , 20, 22, 5, 550) and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1202.

In one example, a dataset may be identified that includes a level of the same characteristic as the level of the received characteristic and with the smallest error. That is, a data set having a characteristic level different from the characteristic level transmitted from the mobile terminal 1202 may be specified. The mobile terminal 1202 that has acquired the data set from the server 1201 stores the data set in the memory 1402 or storage unit 1403, and advances the process to S2207.

In this aspect, the description will be given assuming that the characteristic information that the mobile terminal 1202 acquires from the server 1201 in S2206 is one or more data sets of the characteristic information DB 4130. Some data does not need to be acquired.

In S2207, the mobile terminal 1202 updates the settings screen 2300. FIG. 84 shows a setting screen that is displayed when one characteristic information data set is acquired from the server 1201 after selecting the characteristic level in FIG. 83. A setting screen 2400 shown in FIG. 84 includes a graph area 2301 and a legend area 2302 similarly to FIG. 83. In addition to characteristic axes 2303 to 2305, the graph area 2301 displays levels (bitter level 30, sour level 22, sweetness level 20), markers 2401 to 2403 are plotted on the sweetness level 20), and a line 2406 connects each marker. Further, on the setting screen 2400, an area 2404 for displaying raw material information among the acquired data sets and a "Reflect on Recipe" button 2405 are displayed.

Note that in this specification, when a predetermined number or less of datasets are acquired in S2206, the "Reflect on Recipe" button 2405 is displayed in S2207. ” button 2405 is always displayed and may become pressable when a predetermined number or less of data sets are acquired in S2206.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 returns the process to S2202 and waits until the user's operation is accepted.

Next, a setting screen that is displayed when the user changes the bitterness level from 30 to 22 by dragging the point 2401 plotted at the bitterness level 30 on the setting screen 2400 will be described. Since this user operation also selects the level of the characteristic, the processing unit 1401 acquires the characteristic information again in S2206 of FIG. Note that the explanation will be given assuming that one data set is acquired again in S2206. Then, in S2207, the graph area 2301 is updated.

FIG. 85 shows a setting screen that is displayed when the user changes the bitterness level from 30 to 22 by dragging the point 2401 plotted at the bitterness level 30 on the setting screen 2400. In this example, among the characteristics 2406, the point 2401 corresponding to the bitterness level 30 is changed to the bitterness level 22 by the user's operation, and based on the characteristic information acquired again based on the bitterness level 22, the point 2501, 2402 and 2502. Furthermore, the area 2404 that displays raw material information may also be updated based on the acquired characteristic information. After that, the control unit 1401 returns the process to S2202 again.

Next, a case will be described in which the user taps "rich" in the legend area 2302 on the setting screen 2500 in order to see the level of the characteristic "rich" of the current data set. In this case, the user operation corresponds to switching characteristics (Yes in S2204). Therefore, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2208 and updates the screen.

FIG. 86 shows an example of a screen displayed when the user switches the characteristics used for recipe search on the setting screen 2500. In the graph area 2601 of the setting screen 2600 in FIG. 86, in addition to bitterness 2303, sourness 2304, and sweetness 2305, richness 2601 is displayed by a four-axis radar chart in this example. As can be seen from the examples so far, the level of each characteristic is displayed using a radar chart with the number of axes corresponding to the number of characteristics selected by the user. Furthermore, the processing unit 1401 acquires the level of the characteristic "richness" from the characteristic information acquired in S2206, and plots it on the axis of richness 2601. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 returns the process to S2202 and waits until a user operation is received. Although the description is omitted, the operation of hiding (reducing) the characteristics used to obtain beverage information and the operation of displaying or hiding a plurality of characteristics at the same time can also be realized by similar processing.

Next, the operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user presses the "Reflect on Recipe" button 2405 on the setting screen 2600 in FIG. 86 will be described. If the processing unit 1401 determines that the user operation has been accepted (Yes in S2202), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2203 and determines whether the "Reflect on Recipe" button has been pressed. In this example, it is determined that the "Reflect on Recipe" button has been pressed (Yes in S2203), and the process advances to S2209 to obtain a preparation profile.

In S2209, the processing unit 1401 transmits the preparation profile ID included in the acquired characteristic information to the server 1201 via the communication I/F 1409 or the short-range wireless communication I/F 1410. The server 1201 that has received the preparation profile ID from the mobile terminal 1202 acquires the preparation profile from the preparation profile DB 4120 based on the preparation profile ID, and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1202. The mobile terminal 1202 that has received the preparation profile advances the process to S2210, and transitions from the setting screen 2600 to the service screen shown in FIG. 81.

Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2211 and reflects the obtained preparation profile on the parameters of the display areas 2001 to 2007 on the service screen. Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2212 and waits until the user presses the order button 2104. Note that the user may be able to change any of the parameters in the display areas 2001 to 2007 on the service screen before pressing the order button 2104.

When the user presses the order button 2104 (Yes in S2212), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2213 and outputs the preparation profile. In one example, the mobile terminal 1202 may transmit setting information including the preparation profile to the information display device 1203 via the short-range wireless communication I/F or the communication I/F 1409 (Step 1605). Alternatively, the mobile terminal 1202 may display a two-dimensional barcode such as a QR code (registered trademark) on the display unit 1407 and transmit setting information including the preparation profile to the imaging unit 1509 of the information display device 1203.

As explained above, in this aspect, by selecting the level of the characteristic related to the taste of the beverage from the range of characteristic levels, it is possible to acquire the beverage information corresponding to the selected level. This allows the user to specify a beverage, beverage ingredients, or beverage preparation profile from the user's own preferences.

Further, in this aspect, one or more characteristics regarding the beverage can be selected, and the range of levels of the displayed characteristics can be changed according to the selection of the one or more characteristics. Thereby, beverage information can be acquired using the user's specific characteristics.

Further, in this aspect, at least one of information on raw materials and information on a preparation profile is acquired as the beverage information. This allows the beverage production device to be controlled to prepare the specified beverage based on the level selected by the user.

Moreover, in this aspect, at least a part of the acquired characteristic information is output to the beverage manufacturing apparatus. This allows the beverage manufacturing device to be controlled to prepare a beverage specified in advance by the user.

Furthermore, in this aspect, at least a portion of the beverage information is output via either short-range wireless communication or a two-dimensional barcode. This allows the beverage manufacturing device to be controlled without directly operating it.

Note that in this embodiment, an example is shown in which the level of each characteristic is displayed using a radar chart, but it may be displayed in other embodiments. For example, labels for each characteristic (e.g., "bitterness," "sweetness," "sourness," etc.) are arranged in rows, and the level of each characteristic is expressed by the number of coffee bean icons arranged in columns in the corresponding row. The information may be displayed in a form that is easy for the user to understand, such as a bar graph.

<Second aspect>
In the first aspect, on the setting screen displayed in S2201 of FIG. 82, only axes corresponding to characteristics are displayed in the graph area, and the user selects a level of a characteristic that is not registered in the server database. there is a possibility. In the second aspect, a display corresponding to the level of the characteristic registered in the database of the server is performed, and an index that should be used as a guide when the user selects the level is displayed. Note that descriptions of configurations or processes similar to those of the first aspect will be omitted.

FIG. 87 is a flowchart showing details of the process in S2201 according to the second aspect. In S2701, the processing unit 1401 acquires a dataset stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2702 and displays a setting screen including the characteristic information included in the acquired data set. Thereafter, the process advances to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is similar to the first aspect, the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 88 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the second aspect. In this example, description will be made assuming that three data sets are stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201.

A setting screen 2800 in FIG. 88 displays a graph area 2801 and a legend area 2802. In the graph area 2801, characteristic information 2807 to 2809 included in three data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201 are plotted. In this way, by plotting all the datasets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 in advance, the user can understand what options are available.

Note that when the user taps level 30 (point 2806) on the bitterness axis 2803 plotted in the graph area 2801, the processing unit 1401 selects Yes in S2202, No in S2203, No in S2204, and Yes in S2205. , and the process advances to S2206. Next, since the dataset corresponding to level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" has been narrowed down to characteristic 2807, the screen is updated in S2207 so as not to display characteristics 2808 and 2809 of the two other datasets. , the screen may be updated to a screen similar to that shown in FIG.

As explained above, in this aspect, the levels of characteristics registered in the database of the server can be displayed, and an index that should be used as a guide when the user selects the level can be displayed.

<Third aspect>
In the second embodiment, all data sets were displayed in the graph area 2801. When the number of data sets of characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201 increases, the visibility of the graph area 2801 may deteriorate. In the third aspect, a range of selectable characteristic levels is displayed by processing a data set of characteristic information registered in a server database, and an index that should be used as a guide when a user selects a level is provided. indicate. Note that descriptions of configurations or processes similar to those of the first aspect or the second aspect will be omitted.

FIG. 89 is a flowchart showing details of the process in S2201 according to the third aspect. In S2901, the processing unit 1401 acquires the characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2902, and performs data processing to be described later on the characteristic information included in the acquired data set. After that, the process advances to S2903, and the initial display of the setting screen is performed. Thereafter, the process advances to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is similar to the first aspect, the explanation will be omitted.

The data processing in S2902 is a process of specifying a range of characteristic levels based on a plurality of pieces of characteristic information. In one example, the range of the level of the same characteristic may be specified based on the minimum value and maximum value of the level of the same characteristic included in a plurality of pieces of characteristic information. That is, for each of all characteristics, obtain the minimum and maximum values of the level of the characteristic included in the characteristic information, and set the range from the minimum value to the maximum value as the "selectable level range" of the characteristic. Good too.

In another example, a range of selectable levels may be generated based on statistical values such as an average value, median value, and variance of levels of the same characteristic included in all characteristic information.

Note that, in one example, the processing in S2901 to S2902 may be executed by the processing unit 1301 of the server 1201. That is, the mobile terminal 1202 that has executed S2201 requests the server 1201 to generate an initial display screen, and the processing unit 1301 specifies the range of characteristic levels based on the data in the database 1309, and transmits it to the mobile terminal 1202. You can. The mobile terminal 1202 may then display the range of levels of the received characteristics.

FIG. 90 shows an example of the initial display of the settings screen according to the third aspect. The settings screen 3000 in FIG. 90 displays a graph area 3001 and a legend area 3002. In the graph area 3001, an axis 3003 for the characteristic "bitterness", an axis 3004 for "sourness", an axis 3005 for "sweetness", and a selectable range 3006 based on the range of the level of the characteristic specified in S2902 are displayed. There is. In the example of FIG. 90, it can be seen that for all the data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130, for example, the characteristic "bitterness" is within the range of levels 19 to 30. Similarly, it can be seen that all data sets are within the level 21-38 of the characteristic "sour".

In this way, by displaying in advance the range of characteristic levels generated based on the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130, the range can be used as a guide when the user selects a level. Further, even if the number of data sets of characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 increases, the user can select the level of the characteristic while maintaining good visibility.

Note that when the user taps level 30 (point 3007) on the bitterness axis 3003 plotted in the graph area 3001, the processing unit 1401 selects Yes in S2202, No in S2203, No in S2204, and Yes in S2205. , and the process advances to S2206. Next, when the data set corresponding to level 30 of the characteristic "bitterness" is narrowed down to one, the screen is updated in S2207 so as not to display the range of characteristic levels, and the screen is updated to a screen similar to that shown in FIG. 84. Good too.

As described above, in this aspect, the range of selectable levels of characteristics registered in the database of the server is displayed, and an index that should be used as a guide when the user selects a level is displayed. As a result, even if the number of characteristic information registered in the database increases, it is possible to display an index for the user to select a characteristic level while maintaining visibility.

Note that although FIG. 90 shows an example in which the selectable range 3006 based on the range of the level of the specified characteristic is displayed as a radar chart, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the fact that the characteristic "bitterness" is within the range of levels 19 to 30 may be shown to the user in a bar graph-like manner. In such a case, arrange the labels of each characteristic in the row direction (for example, "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", etc.), and in the row for the characteristic "bitterness", add 18 white coffee bean icons in the column direction. By arranging 12 black coffee bean icons in succession and then a predetermined number of white coffee bean icons, the black coffee bean icon can indicate that the level is within the range of 19 to 30. .

<Fourth aspect>
In the third aspect, the range of characteristic levels of all the characteristic information stored in the database is collectively displayed in the graph area 2801. In one example, by displaying the range of characteristic levels for each bean, the user may be able to use it as a guide when selecting a characteristic level. The fourth aspect describes a mobile terminal that acquires characteristic information registered in a database of a server, processes it for each type of bean, and displays an index that should be used as a guide when a user selects a level. . Note that descriptions of configurations or processes similar to any of the first to third aspects will be omitted.

FIG. 91 is a flowchart showing details of the process of S2201 executed by the processing unit 1401 of the mobile terminal according to the fourth aspect. In S3101, the processing unit 1401 acquires the dataset stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S3102 and extracts characteristic information corresponding to one type of bean from the acquired data set.

Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S3103, processes characteristic information, generates display data in S3104, and displays display data for all types of beans included in the acquired data set in S3105. Determine whether data has been generated. If it is determined that display data has not been generated for all types of beans (No in S3105), the processing unit 1401 returns the process to S3102 and extracts characteristic information corresponding to another type of bean. If it is determined that display data has been generated for all types of beans (Yes in S3105), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S3106, and initializes the setting screen based on all of the generated display data. Thereafter, the process advances to S2202. Since the subsequent processing is similar to the first aspect, the explanation will be omitted. Note that the characteristic information processing in S3103 may specify a range of characteristic levels based on a plurality of pieces of characteristic information, similar to the characteristic information processing in S2902.

FIG. 92 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the fourth aspect. In addition, in the example of FIG. 92, description will be made assuming that data sets regarding two types of beans (beans A and beans B) are stored in the characteristic information DB 4130.

A graph area 3201 and a legend area 3202 are displayed on the setting screen 3200 in FIG. 92 . The graph area 3201 includes characteristic axes 3203 to 3205, as well as a characteristic level range 3206 for bean type “A” and a characteristic level range for bean type “B” as display data generated in S3104. 3207 is displayed.

In this way, by displaying the range of characteristic levels generated based on the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 for each type of bean in advance, the user can use it as a guide when selecting the level. It can be done. Furthermore, by displaying the range of characteristic levels for each type of bean, the user can grasp the level of characteristics specific to a particular type of bean.

Next, the operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user taps the point 3208 in FIG. 92 will be described. Point 3208 is a point at level 35 of the characteristic "bitterness", and is not within the characteristic level range 3206 of bean A, but is within the characteristic level range 3207 of bean B. .

In this case, in one example, a range of characteristic levels for a dataset having a selected characteristic level may be displayed. FIG. 93 shows an example of a setting screen when level 35 of the characteristic "bitterness" is tapped in FIG. 92. In the graph area 3201 of FIG. 93, characteristic axes 3203 to 3205 similar to those in FIG. 92 are displayed, and a characteristic level range 3301 of the data set having the same characteristic level as the point 3208 is displayed. That is, the example in FIG. 93 is an example of an operation when the user has selected point 3208, but a plurality of data sets can be further selected.

Note that the characteristic level corresponding to point 3208 is included in the characteristic level range 3207 of only Bean B and is not included in the characteristic level range 3206 of Bean A. is not displayed.

Next, the operation when the user drags and moves the point 3208 in the display of FIG. 93 will be described with reference to FIG. 94. FIG. 94 shows the operation when the level of the selected characteristic is changed from point 3208 corresponding to level 35 of characteristic "bitterness" to point 3402 corresponding to level 32 of characteristic "bitterness". In this case, although the point 3402 is within the range 3207 of the level of characteristics of bean B, it is outside the range 3206 of the level of characteristics of bean A, so the range 3206 of the level of characteristics of bean A is not displayed. Further, if the range of the characteristic level of the data set having the same characteristic level as the point 3402 after the change changes, the range of the characteristic level changes from the range 3301 to the range 3401, for example.

Next, a setting screen that is displayed when the user taps dot 3209 on the display in FIG. 92 will be described. Point 3209 is a point at level 28 of the characteristic "bitterness" and is included in the range 3206 of the level of the characteristic of bean A and the range 3207 of the level of characteristic of bean B. Further, it is assumed that there are two data sets having the same level of characteristics as point 3209.

In this case, the processing unit 1401 may display the characteristic information included in the two data sets, as well as the raw material information 3501 and 3502 of the two data sets, and the "Reflect on Recipe" button 3503. The user can obtain the preparation profile by pressing either the raw material information 3501 or 3502 to select it, and then pressing the "Reflect on recipe" button 3503 (Yes in S2203). ).

Alternatively, the level of the characteristic "sourness" may be further selected. In that case, either data set may be selected by tapping point 3504 or point 3505.

In addition, in the display of FIG. 95, the range 3206 of the level of characteristics of bean A and the range 3207 of the level of characteristics of bean B continue to be displayed, but two data sets having the same level of characteristics as point 3209 are displayed. may be displayed, and ranges 3206 and 3207 may be hidden.

Further, in one example, when displaying a plurality of pieces of raw material information, the processing unit 1401 may recommend any one of the drink information based on the information included in the data set. The operation of the processing unit 1401 when the user taps the point 3209 on the display in FIG. 92 will be described with reference to FIG. 96.

When displaying raw material information 3501 and 3502, processing unit 1401 displays recommended raw materials based on at least one of priority information 4138 and price information 4139 included in the data set. In one example, the raw materials in the characteristic information DB 4130 stores information regarding bean stock, and the processing unit 1401 may display recommended raw materials based on the information regarding bean stock.

As explained above, in this embodiment, the range of the level of the characteristic registered in the database of the server can be displayed for each bean, and the index that should be used as a guide when the user selects the level can be displayed. .

In addition, in one example, the range of characteristic levels may be displayed not for each bean but for each production region or roasting degree.

<Fifth aspect>
In the first to fourth aspects, the user's preference is selected using the level of any one of the characteristics "bitterness", "sweetness", "sourness", "aroma", "aftertaste", and "richness". In one example, the characteristics for selecting user preferences may be changeable. In a fifth aspect, a process of changing characteristics for selecting acquired beverage information based on an image of the beverage will be described.

In this aspect, when the "image search" button 2102 in FIG. 81 is pressed, the processing unit 1401 of the mobile terminal 1202 executes the process in FIG. 82. Furthermore, in the process of S2201 in FIG. 82, the process shown in FIG. 97 is performed.

FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing a process for initially displaying a setting screen according to the fifth aspect. First, in S3701, the processing unit 1401 acquires axis information from the server 1201. Axis information is information regarding the item of characteristics used to acquire beverage information, and is, for example, information regarding the item in the column of characteristic information 4140 of characteristic information DB 4130 in FIG. 101. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S3702 and acquires the dataset stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 of the server 1201. Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S3702, performs data processing on the characteristic information included in the acquired data set, advances the process to S3704, and performs an initial display corresponding to the acquired characteristic information.

Next, an example of processing for changing the items of characteristic information 4140 stored in characteristic information DB 4130 of server 1201 will be described with reference to FIGS. 98 and 99. FIG. 98 is a diagram for explaining the flow from extracting coffee to acquiring history information. The process up to step 1607 of extracting coffee is the same as that in FIG. 76, so the explanation will be omitted.

When coffee extraction is completed, the beverage manufacturing device 1204 sends a completion notification to the information display device 1203 (step 3801). The information display device 1203 that has received the completion notification generates history information based on the setting information received in step 1605, and transmits the history information to the server 1201 (step 3802). In one example, the history information includes at least one of a preparation profile, a preparation profile ID, information regarding the identifier of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1204, raw material information, a user identifier, and date and time information when the order was received. The server 1201 that has received the history information adds a record to the user information DB 4110 based on the history information. In one example, the record includes user information 4111 of the user information DB, date and time information 4112, bean information 4113, production area information 4114, roast degree 4115, preparation profile ID 4116, and machine information 4117.

The user who drank the brewed coffee may also send a comment and rate of the beverage via the mobile device 1202 (step 3803). Comments may be input via the comment input screen shown in FIG. 79. For example, the rating information in the display area 1902 in FIG. Good too.

Next, a process in which the server 1201 including the user information DB 4110 storing user history information extracts beverage characteristics for the user to select a beverage based on the history information will be described with reference to FIG. The process in FIG. 99 is executed by the processing unit 1301 of the server 1201 at a timing when the server 1201 stores a predetermined number of history information, at a predetermined time interval, or at a timing instructed by the server administrator.

First, in S3901, the processing unit 1301 acquires the data set of the user information DB 4110 from the database 1309. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3902, analyzes comments included in the data set, and extracts words that are frequently included in the comments. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3903 and determines the characteristics of the beverage that the user uses to search for a beverage preparation profile based on the words that are frequently included in the comment information. In one example, words that are frequently included in comment information and that are similar to terms already registered in the database 1309 as characteristics, such as "bitter" and "sour", may be excluded. Furthermore, in one example, adjectives representing colors, such as "redness" and "whiteness" that come to mind when drinking coffee, may be extracted to determine the characteristics. Further, in one example, nouns that come to mind when drinking coffee, such as "blueberry" or "almond", may be extracted to determine the characteristics. That is, the processing unit 1301 extracts words that can be associated with coffee based on predetermined rules. Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3904 and registers the determined characteristic in the characteristic information 4140 of the characteristic information DB 4130 as a column of the determined characteristic.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3905 and acquires comment information of the data set in which at least any of the bean information 4113, production area information 4114, roasting degree information 4115, and preparation profile ID 4116 is the same. In this aspect, the explanation will be given assuming that the comment information of the data set in which the bean information 4113, the production area 4114, the degree of roasting 4115, and the preparation profile ID 4116 are all the same is acquired. Note that in this embodiment, comment information of all users will be acquired, but comment information of only one user may be acquired, or comments of some users may be acquired based on age, address, etc. may be obtained.

Next, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3906 and calculates the level of the determined characteristic for the group of data sets. In one example, the level of the characteristic may be determined as the ratio of the number of comments that use the word of the determined characteristic among the comments of the group. Furthermore, the level of the characteristic may be determined based on the number of individual users who use the word of the determined characteristic in the comments of the group. Alternatively, the level of the characteristic may be determined by natural language processing based on the distance in the vector space between the characteristic and the group, or the distance in the vector space between the characteristic and the comment.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3907 and registers the calculated property level in the data set that matches the raw material information and preparation profile ID 4134 of the group in the property information DB 4130. Next, the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3908 and determines whether the levels of all characteristics have been calculated for all data set groups.

When determining that the levels of all characteristics have been calculated for all groups (Yes in S3908), the processing unit 1301 ends the processing in FIG. 99. If there is a group for which the characteristic level has not been calculated (No in S3908), the processing unit 1301 advances the process to S3905 and calculates the characteristic level of another group.

FIG. 100 shows an example of a setting screen displayed on the display unit 1407 of the mobile terminal 1202 that has executed the process of FIG. 97. The setting screen 4000 in FIG. 100 displays a graph area 4001 and a legend area 4002. The graph area 4001 displays an axis 4003 for the characteristic "redness", an axis 4004 for "freshness", an axis 4005 for "whiteness", and a selectable range 4006 based on the range of the level of the characteristic specified in S3703. has been done. In this example, the axis information acquired by the processing unit 1401 in S3701 is displayed in the legend area 4002, and a predetermined number of axes are displayed in the graph area 4001. In the example of FIG. 100, it can be seen that for all the data sets stored in the characteristic information DB 4130, for example, the characteristic "redness" is within the range of levels 19 to 30.

The processing after the initial display of the setting screen is the same as that described in the first aspect, so the explanation will be omitted.

In addition, in this embodiment, the characteristics and the level of characteristics related to the image of the beverage used to obtain the beverage information were explained as being generated from the user's comments, but the characteristics related to taste such as "bitterness" and "sweetness" are Similarly, it may be set by the barista or store, or may be set by the user.

In this way, by displaying the level of the characteristic stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 in advance, the user can use it as a guide when selecting a level. Furthermore, by generating characteristics and characteristics levels based on comment information stored in the user information DB 4110, the image of coffee that the user feels when drinking coffee can be quantified and displayed.

<Sixth aspect>
In the first to fifth aspects, the user's preference is selected based on characteristics such as taste or image of coffee. In one example, a guideline for a user to select a level of characteristics may be displayed based on preference information regarding the coffee ordered by the user. In a fifth aspect, a process of displaying history information of a user's orders in association with characteristics of coffee will be described.

FIG. 102 shows an example of a process for searching for a preparation profile from history information and information regarding beverage characteristics according to the sixth aspect.

First, in S3101 to S3106, similarly to the fourth aspect, the processing unit 1401 transmits user information to the server 1201, acquires a data set from the characteristic information DB 4130 stored in the server 1201, and based on the data set. Perform display. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4201 and acquires data from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Next, based on the raw material information (bean information, production area information, and degree of roasting) and preparation profile ID in the user information DB 4110 and the characteristic information DB 4130, it corresponds to history information of coffees that the user has ordered. The characteristic information is acquired from the characteristic information DB 4130. Subsequently, the history information is displayed on the display unit 1409, superimposed on the characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2202. The subsequent processing is the same as any of the first to fifth aspects, so the explanation will be omitted.

FIG. 103 shows an example of a setting screen according to the sixth aspect.

A graph area 4301 and a legend area 4302 are displayed on the setting screen in FIG. 103. In the graph area 4301, characteristic axes 4303 to 4305, a characteristic level range 4306 generated in S3104, and characteristic information 4307 and 4308 corresponding to two pieces of history information are displayed as the preference information generated in S4201. ing.

Next, with reference to FIG. 104, the operation when the user taps the point 4309 will be described. In this example, the explanation will be made assuming that the point 4309 is not included in the characteristic information corresponding to the user's history information, and that the characteristic information DB 4130 has only one characteristic information including the level of the characteristic corresponding to the point 4309. . When the user taps the point 4309, the processing unit 1401 identifies characteristic information corresponding to the level of the characteristic of the point 4309, and displays it as characteristic information 4401 on the screen. Further, the processing unit 1401 may display raw material information 4402 corresponding to the characteristic information 4401 and a "Reflect on Recipe" button 4403.

In the example of FIG. 104, the characteristic level range 4306 and the preference information 4307 and 4308 of the characteristic information DB 4130 are displayed even after the point 4309 is tapped, but in one example, at least one of them is hidden. may be switched to

Next, FIG. 105 shows a setting screen that is displayed when the characteristic "rich" is tapped in the legend area 4302 of FIG. 104 to change the characteristic to be displayed. Graph area 4301 of setting screen 4300 in FIG. 105 displays richness 4501 in addition to bitterness 4303, sourness 4304, and sweetness 4305 in FIG. Further, the processing unit 1401 obtains the level or level range of the characteristic "richness" for the characteristic information 4306, the history information 4307, 4308, and the tapped characteristic 4401, and plots it on the axis "richness" 2601. The subsequent processes are the same as those in the first to fifth aspects, so the explanation will be omitted.

As explained above, in this aspect, the level of characteristics of the coffee ordered by the user can be displayed as preference information. This allows the user to understand his or her own preferences from the history of coffees ordered by the user.

Note that in the sixth aspect, the level of the characteristics of the coffee ordered (purchased) by the user is displayed, but in one example, preference information may be displayed based on the history of the level of the characteristics selected by the user. good. In this case, the database 1309 may include a database that stores the characteristic level transmitted from the terminal to the server 1201 and the user identifier in association with each other. In addition, the preference information displayed on the terminal in such a case does not need to include the levels of multiple characteristics, for example, like the history information 4307 in FIG. 103, but is displayed as having the level of only one characteristic. You can. Further, the history of the level of the characteristic selected by the user and the history of the level of the characteristic of the drink purchased by the user may be displayed simultaneously after processing such as assigning different markers. Alternatively, if the level of the characteristic of the beverage the user has purchased matches the level of the characteristic of the beverage, the history of the level of the characteristic selected by the user may be hidden from the history of the characteristic level selected by the user. Preference information may be generated based on the information.

Note that in this aspect, the range of the level of the characteristics in the characteristic information DB 4130 is displayed together with the user's preference information, but only the user's preference information may be displayed.

<Seventh aspect>
In the sixth aspect, user history information is acquired and displayed. In one example, the mobile terminal 1202 may process and display the user's history information.

FIG. 106 shows an example of a process for acquiring and displaying user preference information according to this aspect. In S4601, the processing unit 1401 acquires user information stored in the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. In the seventh aspect, the preference information is assumed to be the level of characteristics of coffees that the user has ordered, similar to the sixth aspect. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4602, and performs data processing to be described later on the history information included in the acquired data set. After that, the process advances to S4603, and the initial display of the setting screen is performed. Thereafter, the process advances to S2202. The subsequent processing is the same as at least one of the first to sixth aspects, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

The data processing in S4602 is a process of identifying the range of characteristic levels of coffees that the user has ordered in the past, based on a plurality of characteristic information corresponding to preference information. In one example, the range of the level of a characteristic of a plurality of coffees corresponding to a plurality of preference information (history information) may be specified based on the minimum value and maximum value of the level of the characteristic. That is, for each of the characteristics corresponding to all historical information, the minimum and maximum values of the level of the characteristic are obtained, and the range from the minimum value to the maximum value is defined as the "range of levels of the characteristic corresponding to the historical information". You can also use it as

In another example, a range of selectable levels may be generated based on statistical values such as the average value, median value, and variance of the level of the characteristic corresponding to all historical information.

FIG. 107 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the seventh aspect. A graph area 4701 and a legend area 4702 are displayed on the settings screen 4700 in FIG. 107 . The graph area 4701 includes an axis 4703 for the characteristic "bitterness", an axis 4704 for "sourness", an axis 4705 for "sweetness", a range 4706 of selectable characteristic levels stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104, and A characteristic level range 4707 based on history information is displayed. In the example of FIG. 107, it can be seen that the level range of the characteristic based on the history information, for example, the characteristic "bitterness" is within the range of levels 20 to 35. Similarly, the characteristic "sour" is found to be within the range of levels 19-28.

In this way, by displaying the range of characteristic levels based on the user information DB 4110 in advance, the range can be used as a guideline for the user to understand his/her own preferences. Further, even if the number of data sets in the user information DB 4110 increases, the user can select the level of characteristics while maintaining good visibility.

<Eighth aspect>
In the seventh aspect, a range of levels of characteristics of beverages included in the user's purchase history is displayed. In one example, additional preference information may be used to clearly display the user's own preferences to the user. In a seventh aspect, a process of displaying preference information based on a rating given by a user to coffee will be described.

FIG. 108 shows an example of a process for acquiring and displaying characteristic information corresponding to preference information according to this aspect. In S4801, the processing unit 1401 acquires preference information (user information) stored in the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4802, and extracts preference information having the same rate information 4118 from the acquired preference information. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4803 and performs data processing on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information having the same rate information 4118. In one example, the characteristic information corresponding to the profile ID 4116 for preparing preference information having the same rate information 4118 is identified, and the characteristic information corresponding to the profile ID 4116 having the same rate is identified based on the minimum and maximum values of the level of the characteristics. A range of levels of characteristics may be specified. Further, a range of selectable characteristic levels may be generated based on statistical values such as the average value, median value, and variance of the characteristic level corresponding to the history information.

For example, if the rate is a numerical value from 1 to 5, in S4803, for example, user information whose rate is 0 or more and less than 2, user information whose rate is 2 or more and less than 4, or user information whose rate is 4 or more may be extracted. That is, user information with different rate information 4118 may be grouped into the same group, and history information may be grouped based on predetermined conditions. As a result, when a user performs a rating, it is possible to give a detailed score, and when displaying the rating, it is possible to display the rating so that the user can easily check it.

Further, in one example, preference information to be used for generating display data may be further selected from the grouped preference information. For example, up to 100 pieces of preference information may be selected in descending order of date and time information 4112. This makes it possible to display the range of levels of coffee characteristics that the user prefers in response to temporal changes in the user's preferences.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4804 and generates display data for the range of characteristic levels corresponding to the preference information. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4805 and determines whether display data has been generated based on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information for all types of rates. If it is determined that display data has not been generated for all types of rates (No in S4805), the processing unit 1401 returns the process to S4802 and extracts characteristic information corresponding to another type of rate. If it is determined that display data has been generated for all types of rates (S4805: Yes), the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S4806, and initializes the setting screen based on all of the generated display data. After that, the process advances to S4202. The subsequent processing is the same as that of the seventh aspect, so the explanation will be omitted.

Next, FIG. 109 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the eighth aspect. A graph area 4701 and a legend area 4702 are displayed on the setting screen 4700 in FIG. The graph area 4701 displays an axis 4703 for the characteristic "bitterness", an axis 4704 for "sourness", an axis 4705 for "sweetness", and a range 4706 of levels of selectable characteristics stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104. has been done. In addition, the graph area 4701 includes a characteristic level range 4901 based on historical information with a rating of 0 or higher, a characteristic level range 4902 based on historical information with a rating of 2 or higher, and a characteristic level range 4902 based on historical information with a rating of 4 or higher. A characteristic level range 4903 is displayed.

In this way, by displaying in advance the range of the level of the characteristic corresponding to the user's preference information, the range can be used as a guideline for the user to understand the user's own preferences.

<Ninth aspect>
In the sixth to eighth aspects, user preference information is also displayed in the initial display of the setting screen. In one example, the display of the user's preference information may be switched during the process in which the user selects the level of the characteristic. In the ninth aspect, a process of switching the display based on date and time information when the user ordered coffee will be described.

FIG. 110 shows an example of a process for displaying a setting screen according to the ninth aspect.

First, in steps S3101 to S3106 in FIG. 110(A), similarly to the fourth aspect, the processing unit 1401 transmits user information to the server 1201 and acquires a dataset from the characteristic information DB 4130 stored in the server 1201. , performs a display based on the data set. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5001 and performs the process shown in FIG. 110(B).

First, in S5002, data is acquired from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5003 and extracts preference information in which the date and time information 4112 of the user information, that is, the date and time when the user purchased coffee matches a predetermined condition. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5004 and performs data processing on the history information. In one example, the data processing in S5004 may be similar to the data processing described in the seventh aspect. Next, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5005, generates display data, and performs display based on the display data in S5006.

Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S2202. The processing after S2202 is the same except for the option change operation described below, so the description will be omitted.

When the period option change operation is accepted in S2202, the operation is not performed because the operation is not pressing the "Reflect on Recipe" button, switching the axis, or selecting the level of the characteristic (No in S2203, S2204, and S2205). The unit 1401 advances the process to S5007. In S5007, the processing unit 1401 determines that the operation to change the period option is one of the option changes (Yes in S5007), advances the process to S5001, and displays the preference information again.

FIG. 111 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the ninth aspect. A setting screen 5100 in FIG. 111 displays a graph area 5101, a legend area 5102, and an option area 5103. The graph area 5101 includes an axis 5103 for the characteristic "bitterness", an axis 5104 for "sourness", an axis 5105 for "sweetness", a range 5107 of the level of characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104, and preference information. A characteristic level range 5108 corresponding to is displayed. In the option area 5106, "within one week," "within one month," "this time last year," and "entire period" can be selected as conditions for date and time information to narrow down the preference information displayed in the graph area 5101. It is. When any selectable date and time information condition is selected on the option area 5106, the processing unit 1401 determines that an operation to change the period option has been accepted.

In the example of FIG. 111, "This time last year" 5109 is selected, and the characteristic information of coffee ordered from 13 months ago to 11 months ago, for example, is displayed in the range 5108 from the date and time when the user is operating. be done. With this, it is possible to understand the coffee that the user liked to drink last year. This allows the user to understand changes in his or her own preferences over time.

The user can obtain characteristic information by selecting a characteristic level on the graph area 5101, for example. The operation when the user selects a characteristic level has been described in any of the first to eighth aspects, so the explanation will be omitted.

<Tenth aspect>
In the ninth aspect, a process for switching display preference information based on date and time information has been described. In one example, preference information for one or more users may be displayed. In a tenth aspect, a process for switching displayed preference information based on a user identifier will be described. Note that descriptions of configurations or processes similar to any of the first to ninth aspects will be omitted.

FIG. 112 shows an example of a process for displaying preference information according to the tenth aspect. The process in FIG. 112 is a diagram showing details of the process in S5001 in FIG. 110(A).

First, in step S5202, the processing unit 1401 acquires preference information from the user information DB 4110 of the server 1201. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5203 and extracts the user identifier 4111 of the preference information, that is, preference information whose user identifier matches a predetermined condition. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5204 and performs data processing on the characteristic information corresponding to the preference information. In one example, the data processing in S5204 may be similar to the data processing described in the ninth aspect. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5205 and generates display data. Subsequently, the processing unit 1401 advances the process to S5206 and determines whether display data has been generated for all user preference information to be displayed. If it is determined that display data has not been generated for the preference information of all users to be displayed (No in S5206), the process returns to S5203, and preference information of another user is extracted. If it is determined that display data has been generated for all users' preference information to be displayed (Yes in S5206), the process advances to S5207, and display is performed based on the display data.

Note that in this aspect, preference information is displayed for each user, but preference information may be displayed for each group.

Furthermore, as described in the first aspect, characteristic information is input to the characteristic information DB 4130 by a varistor. Therefore, the characteristic information DB 4130 may be treated as preference information of a user called "barista". In that case, instead of all data sets, only the data set including priority information 4138 that satisfies a predetermined condition may be treated as "barista" preference information. In other words, only the data set recommended by the barista may be treated as the barista's preference information.

FIG. 113 shows an example of the initial display of the setting screen according to the tenth aspect. A setting screen 5300 in FIG. 113 displays a graph area 5301, a legend area 5302, and an option area 5303. In the graph area 5301, an axis 5303 of the characteristic "bitterness", an axis 5304 of "sourness", an axis 5305 of "sweetness", and a range 5307 of the level of characteristic information stored in the characteristic information DB 4130 generated in S3104 are displayed. . Furthermore, the graph area 5301 also displays a characteristic level range 5308 based on the barista's preference information and a characteristic level range 5309 based on the user's own preference information. In the option area 5306, at least one of the barista 5311, yourself 5312, friend user A, and friend user B can be selected as a user identifier condition for narrowing down the preference information displayed in the graph area 5301. When the selection of selectable users is changed on the option area 5306, the processing unit 1401 determines that the user option changing operation has been accepted, and re-executes the process shown in FIG. 112. The point 5310 is within the range 5308 of the level of characteristics corresponding to the barista's preference information, and outside the range 5309 of the level of characteristics corresponding to the user's own preference information.

Next, the screen that is displayed again when the user taps the point 5310 in FIG. 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 114. Note that the same reference numerals are used for the same components as in FIG. 113. In this example, it is assumed that there are two pieces of characteristic information 5404 and 5405 that correspond to the level of the characteristic of the tapped point 5310.

In FIG. 114, characteristic information 5404 and 5405 corresponding to the characteristic level of point 5310 are displayed in graph area 5301, as well as raw material information 5401 and 5402 corresponding to characteristic information 5404 and 5405, and a "Reflect on recipe" button 5403. may be displayed.

In this example, since the level of the characteristic of the tapped point 5301 is outside the range 5309 of the level of the characteristic corresponding to the user's own preference information, the range 5309 may be switched to non-display.

Further, in the characteristic information 5404, one of the characteristics 5303 to 5305 displayed in the graph area 5301, "sour taste", is outside the characteristic level range 5308 corresponding to the barista's preference information. On the other hand, in the characteristic information 5405, all of the characteristics 5303 to 5305 displayed in the graph area 5301 are included in the characteristic level range 5308 corresponding to the barista's preference information. Therefore, the processing unit 1401 may recommend the raw material information 5401 corresponding to the characteristic information 5405 over the raw material information 5402 corresponding to the characteristic information 5404. Note that the processing unit 1401 may recommend any preparation profile based not only on the user's preference information but also on other factors such as price information.

<Other aspects>
Although this aspect has been described as selecting a preparation profile to be output to the information display device 1203, this aspect may be used for other purposes. For example, the function of "reflecting on the recipe" may be replaced with the function of purchasing coffee beans online.

The first to tenth aspects described above can be combined as desired. For example, by combining the third embodiment and the fifth aspect, in the initial display of the setting screen, in addition to the taste characteristics such as "bitterness" of the data set stored in the characteristic information DB 4130, the taste characteristics such as "redness" A range of levels of image characteristics may be displayed.

Although the user operates via the mobile terminal, the level of the characteristic may also be selected via the information display device 1203.

In this specification, an example has been shown in which at least one of the range of selectable characteristics and history information (preference information) is displayed using a radar chart, but there is no need to limit it to this. For example, if the characteristic "bitterness" is within the range of levels 19 to 30, and the characteristic "bitterness" of the coffee you have ordered is within the range of levels 15 to 20, on the bar graph, the labels " The range of levels may be indicated as "Bitterness" and the label "Order History: Bitterness". Alternatively, two differently formatted lines may be used on the label "Bitterness" to indicate the range of selectable characteristics and order history. Furthermore, any type of graph can be used, such as a bubble chart or a line graph.

The various aspects described above disclose at least the following devices.
1. The device of the above aspect (for example, 1202, 1203) is
Display means for displaying a range of selectable beverage taste characteristics levels (for example, 2303, 3006);
reception means for accepting a user's selection of a level of the characteristic from the range;
acquisition means for acquiring beverage information (for example, 2404, 2406, preparation profile) corresponding to the level of the received characteristic;
has.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on a user's selection of a characteristic level.
2. In the above device,
The display means displays a range of levels of a plurality of characteristics related to the taste of the beverage;
The accepting means accepts a user's selection of levels of the plurality of characteristics from the range,
The acquisition means acquires beverage information corresponding to the received levels of the plurality of characteristics.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on multiple selections of characteristic levels from the user.
3. The above device is
a second reception means that receives a selection of characteristics related to the taste of a beverage used to obtain the beverage information;
switching means for switching the display by the display means according to the selection of the characteristics received by the second reception means;
has.

According to this aspect, the user may be able to select the characteristics used to obtain beverage information.
4. In the above device,
The second receiving means receives selections of a plurality of characteristics regarding the taste of the beverage,
The switching means switches the display on the display means according to the selection of the plurality of characteristics received by the second receiving means.

According to this aspect, the user may be able to select multiple characteristics to use to obtain beverage information.
5. In the above device,
The beverage information includes at least one of information on raw materials for preparing a beverage and information on a preparation profile.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present at least one of information on raw materials for preparing a beverage and information on a preparation profile based on the user's selection of the level of characteristics.
6. In the above device,
the display means displays a range of levels of selectable beverage taste characteristics associated with the ingredient;
when the selection of the level of the characteristic received by the receiving means is included in the range of levels of the characteristic associated with a plurality of raw materials;
It has a determining means for determining whether to cause the acquiring means to acquire beverage information associated with any one of the plurality of raw materials.

According to this aspect, even if there is a plurality of beverage information candidates to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire.
7. In the above device,
The determining means determines, based on a user operation, whether to cause the acquiring means to acquire beverage information associated with any one of the plurality of raw materials.

According to this aspect, even if there is a plurality of beverage information candidates to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire based on the user's operation.
8. In the above device,
The determining means determines whether to cause the acquiring means to acquire beverage information associated with any one of the plurality of raw materials without being based on a user operation.

According to this aspect, even if there is a plurality of beverage information candidates to be acquired, it may be possible to determine which beverage information to acquire without being based on a user operation.
9. In the above device,
The beverage is a coffee beverage, and the raw material information is the type of coffee beans.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to obtain beverage information about a coffee beverage based on the selection of the level of characteristics.
10. In the above device,
The preparation profile includes at least one of the following: amount of roasted coffee beans, ground particle size, amount of steaming water, steaming time, amount of hot water for extraction, extraction pressure, and extraction time.

According to this aspect, beverage information including at least one of the amount of roasted coffee beans, the ground particle size, the amount of steaming water, the steaming time, the amount of extracted hot water, the extraction pressure, and the extraction time is obtained based on the selection of the level of characteristics. There are cases where it is possible.
11. In the above device,
The taste-related characteristics of the beverage include at least one of bitterness, sourness, and sweetness.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to acquire beverage information based on the selection of the level of a characteristic including at least one of bitterness, sourness, and sweetness.
12. The above device is
It has an output means for outputting at least a part of the beverage information acquired by the acquisition means to a beverage manufacturing apparatus that prepares a beverage.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to output at least a portion of the acquired beverage information based on the selection of the level of characteristics and control the beverage manufacturing apparatus to prepare a desired beverage.
13. In the above device,
The output means outputs at least a portion of the beverage information via either near field communication or a two-dimensional barcode.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to output at least part of the beverage information to the beverage manufacturing device via either short-range wireless communication or a two-dimensional barcode without directly operating the beverage manufacturing device. .
14. In the above device,
The display means shows the lowest level, the highest level, the lowest selectable level, and the highest selectable level as the level of each characteristic,
The range of levels of the characteristic is the range from the lowest selectable level to the highest selectable level.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to select the level of the characteristic for which the corresponding beverage information exists.
15. In the above device,
The display means shows the recommended minimum level and the recommended maximum level as the level of each characteristic.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to display a range of recommended levels.
16. The above device is
When the accepting means accepts the user's selection of the level of the characteristic from the range, the receiving means selects the level of the characteristic regarding the taste of the selectable beverage displayed on the display means or the characteristic regarding the taste of the selectable beverage. a second switching means for switching the display of the level range;
has.

According to this aspect, if a characteristic level is still selectable even after the user selects a characteristic level, the display may be switched to allow further selection.
17. The method of the above aspect is
a displaying step (for example, S2201) of displaying a range of levels of characteristics related to the taste of the beverage;
a reception step (for example, S2205) in which a user selects a level of the characteristic from the range;
An acquisition step (for example, S22) of acquiring beverage information corresponding to the level of the received characteristic.
06) and
has.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on a user's selection of a characteristic level.
18. The program of the above aspect is
A computer is caused to function as each means of the apparatus described in any one of 1 to 16 above.

According to this aspect, it may be possible to present beverage information based on a user's selection of a characteristic level.

In the above description, the target was exclusively coffee beverages, but various beverages such as teas such as Japanese tea and black tea, soups, etc. can also be targeted. It is also possible to distinguish between the two by using unground coffee beans as the extraction raw material and the ground coffee beans after grinding (ground coffee beans) as the extraction target, but even if unground coffee beans are Even ground beans can be considered as extraction targets in a broad sense. In this specification, an extraction target in a broad sense is simply referred to as an extraction target. Therefore, extraction targets include coffee beans, green coffee beans, ground coffee beans, roasted coffee beans, ground roasted coffee beans, unroasted coffee beans, and ground unroasted coffee beans. Examples have been given of beans, powdered coffee beans, instant coffee, coffee in pods, etc., coffee beverages and the like as drinks, and coffee liquid as an example of liquid beverages, but the present invention is not limited to these. In addition, we can extract tea leaves such as Japanese tea, black tea, and oolong tea, ground tea leaves, vegetables, crushed vegetables, fruits, crushed fruits, grains, crushed grains, mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, and mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms. pulverized mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms, pulverized mushrooms such as shiitake mushrooms that have been heated and dried, bonito and other fish, bonito and other pulverized fish, bonito and other fish that have been heated and dried, bonito and other fish that have been heated and dried and crushed, seaweed such as kelp, pulverized seaweed such as kelp, and heated seaweed such as kelp. Products that have been dried after heating; products that have been dried after heating seaweed such as kelp; products that have been dried after heating beef, pork, chicken, etc.; products that have been dried after heating the meat, etc. Any extractable material may be used as long as it is a material obtained by crushing meat such as beef bones, pork bones, chicken bones, etc., heating and drying meat, or crushing the bones, etc. that have been heated and dried. , Beverages may include Japanese tea, black tea, oolong tea, vegetable juice, fruit juice, soup, stock, soup, etc. Beverages may include Japanese tea extract, black tea extract, oolong tea extract, vegetable extract. , fruit extracts, mushroom extracts, fish extracts, meat extracts, bone extracts, and other extracts may be used. In addition, in some examples, water, tap water, purified water, hot water, and washing water are described, but any of the descriptions may be replaced by other words, such as, for example, water may be replaced with hot water, or hot water may be replaced with water. It may be replaced with the description, and all may be replaced with liquid, steam, high temperature water, cooling water, cold water, etc. For example, if the description states that the extraction target (for example, ground roasted coffee beans) and hot water are placed in the extraction container 9, the extraction target (for example, ground roasted coffee beans) and cold water (just water is fine). It may be replaced with the description that it is placed in the extraction container 9, and in this case, it may be interpreted as an extraction method or a beverage manufacturing apparatus for cold brew coffee or the like.

The present invention is not limited to the several embodiments and examples shown above, and these contents can be combined with each other without departing from the spirit of the present invention, and parts may be modified depending on the purpose etc. may be changed accordingly. Furthermore, the individual terms described in this specification are merely used for the purpose of explaining the present invention, and it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to the strict meanings of the terms. It may also include equivalents thereof. For example, expressions such as "device" and "section" may be translated into "unit" and "module".

1 Beverage manufacturing device 2 Bean processing device 3 Extraction device 4 Storage device 5 Grinding device 6 Separation device 7 Fluid supply unit 9 Extraction container 11 Control device 11a Processing section 12 Information display device

Claims (4)

an acquisition means for acquiring a recipe used in multiple steps in manufacturing a beverage;
processing means for performing processing for manufacturing a beverage with reference to parameters included in the recipe acquired by the acquisition means;
a manufacturing means that operates to produce a beverage according to a process performed by the processing means;
reception means for accepting input of parameters included in the recipe;
a display means capable of displaying information;
A beverage manufacturing device comprising:
a recipe creation operation that displays an explanation of parameters included in the recipe and receives input of the parameters by the reception means;
The recipe creation operation is an operation performed from the start of recipe creation until the recipe is completed through multiple steps,
The display means displays a tour screen that guides creation of the recipe in the recipe creation operation,
The tour screen is a screen where, for each of the plurality of steps, a setting screen is advanced in a predetermined order, in which a set of display of explanations of the parameters and input of the parameters by the reception means are set;
The display means starts displaying the tour screen in accordance with the recipe creation operation, and displays the next setting screen every time input of the parameters on the setting screen is completed until the recipe is completed. is to be displayed,
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: The beverage manufacturing device according to claim 1,
The display means, when the reception means receives the input of the parameter, displays a display indicating that the input of the parameter has been accepted.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: The beverage manufacturing device according to claim 1 or 2,
The display means is for displaying a degree of progress indicating which stage of the plurality of stages has progressed at present.
A beverage manufacturing device characterized by: A method for creating a recipe that includes parameters for manufacturing a beverage in a beverage manufacturing device comprising a reception means and a display means and is used in a plurality of steps in manufacturing the beverage, the method comprising:
Displaying a tour screen that guides the creation of the recipe during the period from the start of creation of the recipe to the completion of the recipe through multiple steps,
The tour screen is a screen where, for each of the plurality of steps, a setting screen is advanced in a predetermined order, in which a set of display of explanations of the parameters and input of the parameters by the reception means are set;
From the start of displaying the tour screen to the completion of the recipe,
a first step of displaying an explanation of a first parameter included in the recipe and accepting input of the first parameter by the accepting means on a first setting screen;
When the input of the first parameter is completed in the first step, an explanation of the second parameter included in the recipe is displayed on the second setting screen, and the reception means accepts the input of the second parameter. The second step is to do
A recipe creation method characterized by having the following.

Images